CATALOG 2011-2012 - The Art Institutes

(SAMPLE) 

CA1409 History and Trends in Animation 4 60 

TOTAL: 

GENERAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

(SAMPLE) 

GE1410 English I 

CREATE TOMORROW 

CREDITS // HOURS CREDITS // HOURS 

CATALOG 2011-2012 

1

MISSION 

STATEMENT 

OUR MISSION 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota is an institution of higher 

education offering creative and applied arts programs in a caring, 

inspiring environment where students can maximize their creativity, 

enhance professional development, and acquire the necessary 

skills and knowledge to pursue a career in their field of study. 

OUR PURPOSE 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota fosters a culture built around learning, 

innovation, and creativity. We act with integrity and embrace an enthusiasm for 

excellence. We are committed to creating a community of caring, supportive 

and involved professionals, including everyone connected with the college. 

OUR OBJECTIVES 

1. Enhance student success through a 

commitment to academic quality. 

2. Engage alumni, working professionals, and 

employers in opportunities for ongoing 

participation in support of student learning. 

3. Emphasize the value of life-long learning with critical 

thinking, problem-solving, and civic responsibility. 

4. Encourage an environment of growth through 

assessment and strategic planning. 

THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA

Mission, Vision and Values Statements ...............Inside Cover 

Introduction ..................................................2 

City and College ...............................................3 

Academic Programs 

Advertising (B.S.) ..............................................4 

Audio Production (B.S.) ........................................6 

Culinary Programs 

Culinary Management (B.S.) .................................8 

Culinary Arts (A.A.S.) ...................................... 10 

Baking & Pastry (A.A.S.) ................................... 12 

Baking & Pastry (D.) ....................................... 14 

The Art of Cooking (D.) ................................... 16 

Design Management (B.S.) ................................... 18 

Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) ......................... 20 

Fashion Programs 

Fashion & Retail Management (B.S.) ....................... 22 

Fashion Retailing (D.) ..................................... 24 

Graphic Design Programs 

Graphic Design (B.S.) ..................................... 26 

Graphic Design (A.A.S.) ................................... 28 

Hospitality Management (B.S.) ............................... 30 

Interior Design Programs 

Interior Design (B.S.) ...................................... 32 

Interior Design (A.A.S.) .................................... 34 

Interior Planning with AutoCAD (A.A.S.) .................... 36 

Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) ................................ 38 

Photography Programs 

Photography (B.F.A.) ...................................... 40 

Digital Image Management (D.) ........................... 42 

TABLE OF 

CONTENTS 

Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) ........................ 44 

Web Design Programs 

Web Design & Interactive Media (B.S.) ..................... 46 

Web Design & Interactive Media (A.A.S.) ................... 48 

Web Design & Development (D.) .......................... 50 

Web Design & Interactive Communications (D.) ............ 52 

Course Descriptions ......................................... 54 

Faculty ...................................................... 73 

Administration .............................................. 76 

Board of Trustees ............................................ 78 

General Information ......................................... 79 

Calendar & Schedules .......................................106 

Map .......................................................107 

Tuition and Fees ............................................108 

Index ......................................................109 

See aiprograms.info for program 

duration, tuition, fees, and other costs, 

median debt, federal salary data, alumni 

success, and other important info. 


INTRODUCTION 

CATALOG PREPARATION 

This catalog was prepared by The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota, 15 

South 9th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 

55402-3137. The information contained 

herein was published and effective as of 

October 2011. Curriculum, fees, expenses, 

and other matters described herein 

are subject to change without notice 

at the discretion of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. For more 

information, write to the above address or 

phone 612-332-3361 or 1-800-777-3643. 

REGISTRATION AND ACCREDITATION 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

is registered as a private institution with 

the Minnesota Office of Higher Education 

1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St. 

Paul, MN 55108, 1.651.642.0567, www. 

ohe.state.mn.us, pursuant to section 

136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is 

not an endorsement of the institution. 

Credits earned at the institution may 

not transfer to all other institutions. 


is accredited by the Accrediting Council 

for Independent Colleges and Schools to 

award certificate, associate’s, and bachelor’s 

degrees. The Accrediting Council for 

Independent Colleges and Schools is listed 

as a nationally recognized accrediting 

agency by the United States Department 

of Education and is recognized by the 

Council for Higher Education Accreditation. 

ACICS can be contacted at 750 First 

Street, NE, Suite 980, Washington, DC 

20002-4241. Telephone: 202-336-6780. 


was granted Initial Candidate status in June, 

2010 by the Higher Learning Commission 

- A Commission of the North Central 

Association of Colleges and Schools. The 

Higher Learning Commission (HLC) is an 

independent corporation and one of two 

commission members of the North Central 

Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA), 

which is one of six regional institutional 

accreditors in the United States. The Higher 

Learning Commission accredits degreegranting 

post-secondary educational 

institutions in the North Central region. 

The commission can be contacted at 

The Higher Learning Commission 

230 South LaSalle Street, Suite 7-500 

Chicago, IL 60604 

webmaster@hlcommission.org 

800.621.7440 

© 2011 HLC. All rights reserved 

The Associate in Applied Science in 

Culinary Arts program is accredited by The 

Accrediting Commission of the American 

Culinary Federation Education Foundation. 

MEMBERSHIPS 


is a member of the American Culinary 

Federation Education Foundation, American 

Hotel & Lodging Association, Midwest 

Association of Student Financial Aid 

Administrators, Minnesota Association 

of Secondary School Counselors and 

College Admissions Officers, Minnesota 

College Personnel Association, Minnesota 

Association of Financial Aid Administrators, 

American Association of Collegiate 

Registrars and Admissions Officers, 

College Admissions Professionals, and the 

Minnesota Career Colleges Association. 

THE ART INSTITUTES 

INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota, 

Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota 

International LLC, one of the nation’s 

leaders in post-secondary career-oriented 

education for the creative arts. Based at 

210 Sixth Avenue, 33rd floor, Pittsburgh, 

Pennsylvania 15222. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota International 

LLC, through two intermediary limited 

liability companies, is a subsidiary of 

Education Management Corporation 

also located at the same address. 


ABOUT THE TWIN CITIES 

The Twin Cities is an exciting place to 

experience and create the arts. Four 

major art museums, two orchestras, and 

regional theater offer plenty of creative 

inspiration. Stroll through the Sculpture 

Garden at the Walker Art Center. Marvel at 

the Aquatennial, and the Winter Carnival. 

Wonder at The Minneapolis Institute of 

Art. The Hennepin Avenue Theatre District 

is the hot spot in town for Broadway 

productions. You’ll also find pop, jazz, and a 

rock scene that’s earned the Twin Cities the 

nickname of “The Land of 10,000 Bands.” 

In nearby Bloomington is the Mall of 

America, the country’s largest shopping 

complex with more than 400 specialty 

shops and 40 restaurants. The mall’s 

centerpiece, Nickelodeon Universe, is a $70 

million indoor family theme park that covers 

seven lush acres. For fun, Minneapolis 

is an aquarian’s paradise, with rivers and 

nearly 20 lakes. More than 150 city parks are 

accessible for hiking, biking, and skating. In 

warmer months, spend a sunny afternoon 

on the beaches of Lake Calhoun. In winter, 

enjoy ice-skating, ice fishing, snowmobiling, 

and skiing. If you’re into spectator sports, 

cheer on the Twins at Target Field or the 

Vikings at the Metrodome. Or watch the 

Wild, Timberwolves and Lynx devour 

the competition. Getting around is 

easy, too, with a network of mass transit 

routes, shuttles, and a skyway that 

connects more than 50 city blocks. 



Conveniently located in downtown 

Minneapolis, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota prepares students for entrylevel 

careers in the visual and practical 

arts. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota was founded in 1964 by 

Petrena Lowthian establishing what 

was to become Lowthian College. 

In 1981, Lowthian College was authorized 

to award the Associate in Applied Science 

degree. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota acquired the College in 

early 1997. In 2000, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota was granted 

approval to award the Bachelor of Science 

degree and in 2004, was granted approval 

to award the Bachelor of Fine Arts 

degree. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota offers programs in Advertising, 

The Art of Cooking, Audio Production, 

Baking & Pastry, Culinary Arts, Culinary 

Management, Design Management, 

Digital Film & Video Production, Digital 

Image Management, Fashion & Retail 

Management, Fashion Retailing, Graphic 

Design, Hospitality Management, Interior 

Design, Interior Planning with AutoCAD, 

Media Arts & Animation, Photography, 

Visual Effects & Motion Graphics, Web 

Design & Development, Web Design 

& Interactive Communications, and 

Wed Design & Interactive Media. 

Our students are creative, competitive, and 

open to new ideas. They place great value 

on an education that prepares them for a 

challenging entry-level career and a lifetime 

of personal and professional opportunity. 

Relating to students at a personal level is 

emphasized. Our qualified staff of financial 

planners, employment assistance advisors, 

and counselors are committed to providing 

students with individualized services. Each 

student has an academic advisor who helps 

devise career strategies and choose courses 

consistent with career goals. Our faculty 

consists of working professionals who strive 

to strengthen students’ skills and cultivate 

their talents. Aspiring creative professionals 

learn fundamental business concepts and 

gain the applied arts knowledge necessary 

for that important first job in the field. 


offers a Skills Enhancement program 

designed to help students prepare for 

college-level programs. Confidential 

counseling is available when academic 

or personal problems create roadblocks 

to success. Students also are encouraged 

to join school organizations and 

participate as volunteers for community 

service projects supported by The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota. 

Whether in the student lounges, the gallery, 

or the classrooms, the daily gathering 

of students, faculty, and staff makes 

it easy to feel the energy, caring, and 

commitment that underlie education at 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

STUDENT BODY 

Students come to The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota from all over the 

United States and abroad. The student 

body is made up of men and women 

who have either enrolled directly after 

completing high school, transferred 

from colleges and universities, or have 

left employment situations to prepare 

for a new career. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota’s environment 

offers students the opportunity to earn 

their degrees alongside students of other 

creative disciplines that drive the visual 

and practical arts industries worldwide. 

5

ADVERTISING 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 12 QUARTERS 

ABOUT THE PROGRAM 

The Bachelor of Science degree program in Advertising is a twelve-quarter program. The program 

provides students with skills in conceptual thinking, copywriting, design, marketing and public 

relations, developing advertising campaigns, the business side of advertising, account and strategic 

planning. The degree also provides a balance in liberal arts courses as well as educates the student 

in the application of advertising principles to evolving communication channels (interactive media) 

and the life skills needed to develop and sustain a career in advertising and related fields. 

PROGRAM MISSION 

The mission of the Bachelor’s degree program in Advertising at The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

is to prepare students for careers in the diverse arena of advertising. To teach advertising from business 

to creative across all media platforms with content to enrich the understanding of advertising as an 

essential component of our economic and social system. To provide a curriculum based on regular 

examination of the industry and the evolving media. A commitment to lifelong learning is instilled in 

students as a means to develop their careers from entry-level positions in the advertising field. 

PROGRAM STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 

1. Graduates will apply industry knowledge and critical thinking skills to analyze, develop, 

and implement effective advertising solutions that meet professional standards 

2. Graduates will develop concepts as well as analyze and incorporate aesthetics and layout 

in the design process for advertising campaigns and marketing communications 

3. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency with the tools and graphic techniques of 

the profession to plan and implement production of advertising media such as 

print collateral, audio and video spots, and Web-interactive materials 

4. Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of the interdependence between advertising/ 

marketing objectives and visual expression and be able to evaluate, and critique, their ideas 

5. Graduates will be able to articulate the vision behind their creative work and 

explain and promote their solutions to clients and colleagues 

6. Professionalism - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation; 

articulation of knowledge of advertising and visual problem solving; and 

mastery of industry standards, professional practices and ethics 


COURSE CODES 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent subject areas as follows: 


AD Advertising HM Hospitality Management 

AP Audio Production ID Interior Design 

CU Culinary Arts PA Professional Application 

CA Media Arts & Animation PH Photography 

DM Design Management SM Studio Management 

DF Digital Film & Video Production TS Transitional Studies 

FRM Fashion & Retail Management VE Visual Effects & Motion Graphics 

GD Graphic Design IM Web Design & Interactive Media 

GE General Education 

The first numeral that appears in the course number refers to the academic year the course should be completed. The second 

numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course designations 

1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are designated 

with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix AD identifies the core courses required in this program. 

Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed 

in alpha-numeric order. College Success PA095 is required for students who have completed less than 15 college level credits. 

ADVERTISING 

AD1400 History of Advertising 4 40 

AD1420 Conceptual Thinking 4 40 

AD2400 Computer Illustration** 4 60 

AD2420 Organizational Behavior 4 40 

AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising** 4 40 

AD2440 Media & Advertising Design** 4 60 

AD2460 Branding 4 40 

AD2490 Dynamics of Integrated Marketing** 4 60 

AD3400 Persuasion and the Consumer 4 40 

AD3420 Copywriting** 4 40 

AD3440 Advertising Campaign** 4 60 

AD3450 Art Direction 4 60 

AD4400 Advanced Copywriting 4 60 

AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion 4 40 

AD4420 Sales 4 40 

AD4440 Advanced Advertising Campaign 4 60 


GE1410 English I § 4 40 

GE1424 Public Speaking 4 40 

GE1433 Art History 4 40 

GE1466 Principles of Economics 4 40 

GE2411 English II 4 40 

GE2412 College Mathematics §§ 4 40 

GE2423 Environmental Science 4 40 

** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. 

§ Prereq. C or higher in TS094 OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 

§§ Prereq. C or higher in TS095 OR Accuplacer Mathematics Placement score of 57 or higher 


AD4450 Media Planning & Buying 4 40 

AD4460 Global Business Perspectives 4 40 

AD4480 Capstone** 4 60 

AD4486 Internship 4 120 

CA2430 Introduction to Video 4 60 

DM2470 Principles of Market Research 4 40 

GD1401 Fundamentals of Design 4 60 

GD1402 Drawing & Perspective 4 60 

GD1403 Typography for Digital Media** 4 60 

GD1420 Image Manipulation 4 60 

GD1431 Design Layout 4 60 

GD1473 Color & Design 4 60 

GD2440 Print Production 4 60 

IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design 4 60 

PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors 4 60 

GE2442 Critical Thinking 4 40 

GE3424 Interpersonal Communication 4 40 

GE3433 Contemporary Art 4 40 

GE3490 Cultural Anthropology 4 40 

GE4442 Ethics 4 40 

GE4455 Literature 4 40 

GE4461 Physics 4 40 

TOTAL: 180 credits : 2,240 hours 

7

AUDIO 

PRODUCTION 



Students in the Bachelor of Science degree program in Audio Production offered through The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota receive audio production training using industry-relevant technology 

and equipment in a hands-on environment. The Audio Production program at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota is designed to prepare students to work with a variety of mediums such 

as live venue sound production, the Web, film, and video. Our program provides Audio Production 

training through courses that address both foundational and advanced aspects of the industry. 


The mission of the Bachelor of Science in Audio Production degree program is to prepare graduates for 

positions in live venue sound production, film, television, radio, and interactive broadcast mediums. The 

Audio Production program specifically offers training in the areas of audio production, music technology, 

synthesis and sound design, MIDI systems, and various recording techniques. Graduates are prepared to 

seek entry-level positions in audio engineering, music recording, radio and television broadcasting, audio 

equipment design, maintenance and repair, live venue and field recording, and audio sound design. 


1. Production: Graduates conceptualize, plan, execute, and deliver quality recordings and 

post-production projects, demonstrating knowledge and application of audio theory, 

critical listening skills, and industry standards, while using industry-related tools 

2. Professionalism: Graduates can present and conduct themselves professionally and 

demonstrate an understanding of specific career paths, job responsibilities, and industry 

expectations while developing a professional business plan and an effective portfolio 

3. Critical Thinking: Graduates can efficiently troubleshoot and solve 

problems typically encountered by audio professionals 

4. Evaluation: Graduates can apply peer and professional critique as well as selfevaluation 

to continuously improve the quality of their work 

5. Business: Graduates can apply the business and economic principles and practices 

of the audio industry while maintaining legal and ethical standards 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix AP identifies the core courses required in this program. 



AUDIO PRODUCTION 

AP1400 Survey of the Music Industry 4 60 

AP1410 Audio Technology I ** 4 60 

AP1420 Digital Audio I ** 4 60 

AP1430 Music Theory I 4 40 

AP1440 Audio Technology II ** 4 60 

AP1450 Music Theory II 4 40 

AP1460 Digital Audio II 4 60 

AP2400 Audio Recording I ** 4 60 

AP2410 Listening and Analysis 4 60 

AP2420 Acoustics 4 60 

AP2440 Audio Recording II 4 60 

AP2450 Electronics 4 60 

AP2460 MIDI Systems I ** 4 60 

AP3400 MIDI Systems II 4 60 

AP3410 Advanced Recording Techniques I ** 4 60 

AP3420 Live Sound Reinforcement I 4 60 


CREDITS // HOURS 


GE1413 Psychology 4 40 


GE1456 Music Appreciation 4 40 









AP3430 Live Sound Reinforcement II 4 60 

AP3440 Synthesis & Sound Design I** 4 60 

AP3450 Advanced Recording Techniques II 4 60 

AP3460 Synthesis & Sound Design II 4 60 

AP4400 Senior Project I ** 4 60 

AP4410 Entertainment Marketing & Management 4 60 

AP4420 Senior Project II 4 60 

AP4430 Portfolio Preparation 4 60 

AP4440 Portfolio ** 4 60 


CA2440 Digital Video Editing 4 60 

DF4420 Media Delivery Systems and Distribution 4 60 


PA4486 Internship 4 120 

VE2481 Interactive Visual Design 4 60 



GE3466 World Music Influences 4 40 






9

CULINARY 

MANAGEMENT 



No matter how good the food is, the service you receive at a restaurant is what affects most people’s 

decision to return. Your meal should arrive in reasonable time, the establishment should be clean, and 

your host and servers should be courteous. It’s the manager who ultimately is responsible for the quality 

of your dining experience. It’s a challenging job — but the rewards can be delicious. Managers control 

everything, from “front of the house” (the public part of the restaurant) to the “back of the house” (the 

kitchen and restaurant administration). Their goal is to bring customers back again and again. A manager’s 

leadership and decisions impact everyone from employees to diners. This bachelor’s degree program 

builds upon fundamental culinary skills to prepare you for management positions in the food service 

industry. You begin with the basics, from knife skills and kitchen procedures to nutrition, speed and 

timing, and presentation. From here, you progress to more advanced areas such as baking and pastry, 

garde manger (cold kitchen), international and American cuisine, à la carte, and dining room operations. 

You’ll also study human resource management, event, beverage and menu management, customer 

service management, marketing, leadership, and even food service for the retirement community. 


The mission of the Culinary Management Bachelor’s degree program is to provide an environment 

for students to become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical 

values necessary in the rapidly changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the 

intent of the program is to have experienced industry professionals impart their knowledge 

and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education relies heavily on actually 

participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating students will 

be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. 


Upon successful completion of the program, graduates should be able to: 

1. Demonstrate the ability to professionally prepare standardized recipes using a variety 

2. Seek an entry-level skill position in the food service industry 

3. Identify, establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures which meet industry quality standards 

4. Demonstrate and articulate an awareness of the cross-cultural, moral, ethical and environmental 

issues in hospitality organizations and their relationship with all stakeholders 

5. Analyze the food and beverage cost-control cycle and accounting practices, and 

implement controls to manage, maintain and ensure profitability 

6. Prepare a variety of international recipes using a variety of cooking 

techniques which meet industry quality standards 

7. Apply standard Human Resource principles in regards to recruiting, retaining, and developing staff 

8. Create a business plan for a food service outlet or hospitality company 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix CU identifies the core courses required in this program. 



CULINARY MANAGEMENT 

AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising 4 40 

CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques ** 2 20 

CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques ** 6 110 

CU1620 American Regional Cuisine 6 110 

CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques 6 110 

CU2240 Asian Cuisine 2 30 

CU2252 Latin Cuisine 2 30 

CU2272 World Cuisine 2 30 

CU2273 Classical European Cuisine 2 30 

CU2408 Management, Supervision & Career Development 4 40 

CU2409 Management by Menu 4 40 

CU2410 Sustainable Purchasing & Controlling Costs 4 40 

CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management 4 40 

CU2650 Garde Manger 6 110 

CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen ** 8 150 

CU3423 Catering and Event Management 4 40 


GE1406 Nutrition 4 40 











CU3444 Art Culinaire 4 40 

CU3455 Human Resources Management 4 40 

CU3480 Quality Service Management and Training 4 40 

CU3481 Foodservice Technology 4 40 

CU3490 Leadership and Organizational Development 4 40 

CU4410 Foodservice Financial Management ** 4 40 

CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts 4 40 

CU4420 Facilities Mangement and Design 4 40 

CU4421 Culinary Senior Practicum 4 80 

CU4430 Global Management/Operations 4 40 

CU4492 Innovation and Entreprenuership 4 40 

HM2480 Hospitality Law 4 40 

HM2481 Institutional Operations 4 40 

PA3411 Capstone 2 30 

PA3415 Management Internship 4 120 


GE2477 Spanish I 4 40 

GE2478 Spanish II 4 40 

GE3424 Interpersonal Communications 4 40 

GE3432 History and Culture of Cuisine 4 40 




11

CULINARY ARTS 

ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED ARTS: 7 QUARTERS 


Today, America’s interest in culinary arts is growing and prospering as never before. Few occupations 

can offer the creativity and excitement found in the culinary arts. The associate’s degree level Culinary 

Arts degree program consists of courses covering basic skills and techniques, purchasing and cost 

control, kitchen management, international cuisine, nutrition, dining room procedures, garde manger, 

baking and pastries, à la carte kitchen, and an internship with a food service operation in the greater 

metropolitan area. The curriculum for this program is based on the classical principles of Escoffier, 

emphasizing progressive techniques and trends. The Art Institutes International Minnesota graduates 

will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. 


The mission of the Culinary Arts Associate degree program is to provide an environment for students to 

become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly 

changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced 

industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to 

education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. 

Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. 


1. Establish and maintain safety and sanitation procedures 

2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking techniques 

which meet industry quality standards 

3. Prepare a variety of international recipes utilizing the correct techniques, 

ingredients and equipment which meet industry quality standards 

4. Describe and perform tasks related to common business practices in the culinary 

industry, including inventory, menu planning, cost control, and food purchasing 

5. Describe the principles of food and beverage management 

6. Define and articulate the core values of the culinary professional 

7. Seek entry-level positions in commercial and institutional food service settings 


COURSE CODES 

















CULINARY ARTS 























CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen ** 8 150 








13

BAKING & 

PASTRY 

ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE: 7 QUARTERS 


Baking skills with a side of culinary arts describes the dish offered in this associate’s degree program. From 

soup to sabayon and marinades to mousses, the exacting creative expression that characterizes the well 

rounded pastry chef who fits in every part of the demanding culinary profession. The associate’s degree 

program is designed to prepare students for entry-level employment opportunities in the professional 

foodservice industry. Students have the opportunity to develop competencies in the art of baking, 

cake decoration, artisan breads, desserts and plating, with the addition of culinary skills, and business 

courses. Considerations must also be made in the kitchen to maximize efficiency - when preparing 

a large quantity of cakes, breads and pastries for a big group, time, as well as taste, is of the essence. 

Studying the baking and pastry arts can result in an entry-level career that directly pleases the senses. 

It’s also a new way of looking at life, borrowing influences from different types of cuisine and culture, and 

exploring new experimentations in flavor and presentation. The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

prepares individuals for this technical specialty in its Baking & Pastry associate’s degree program. 


The mission of the Baking & Pastry Associate degree program is to provide an environment for students to 

become learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly 

changing, culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced 

industry professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to 

education relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. 

Graduating students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. 



1. Seek an entry-level skill positions in the food service industry 

2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking, baking and pastry 

techniques as well as appropriate equipment and tools 

3. Produce various baked goods and a variety of international and classical pastries and desserts 

using basic as well as advanced techniques, which meet industry quality standards 

4. Design, produce, assemble and decorate display and wedding cakes using 

various finishing methods which meet industry quality standards 

5. Describe and perform tasks related to common business practices within the foodservice 

industry including inventory, menu planning, cost control and food purchasing 

6. Seek employment in retail, commercial and institutional food service settings in entry-level job positions 


COURSE CODES 

















BAKING & PASTRY 



CU1443 Artisan Breads and Baking Production 4 70 

CU1444 European Cakes and Tortes 4 70 

CU1445 Chocolate, Confections & Centerprieces 4 70 

CU1446 Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes 4 70 












CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques ** 6 110 









GE2477 Spanish I 

GE2478 Spanish II 

4 40 


4 40 


15

BAKING & 

PASTRY 

DIPLOMA: 4 QUARTERS 


From cakes to custards and meringues to macaroons, the exacting creative expression that characterizes 

pastry arts is a respected and demanding facet of the culinary profession. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota prepares individuals for this technical specialty in its Baking & Pastry diploma program. Like 

any other craft, this profession requires learning and practice. Often a career in the culinary arts starts 

with the realization that food has power to delight, excite, and impress people. From the artistry of 

pastry making, to the sciences of quantity conversions, pastry and baking artists search for perfection. 


The mission of the Baking & Pastry diploma program is to provide an environment for students to become 

learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing, 

culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry 

professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education 

relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating 

students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. 




2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking, baking and pastry 

techniques as well as appropriate equipment and tools 

3. Produce various baked goods and a variety of international and classical pastries and desserts 

using basic as well as advanced techniques, which meet industry quality standards 

4. Design, produce, assemble and decorate display and wedding cakes using 

various finishing methods which meet industry quality standards 

5. Seek employment in retail, commercial and institutional food service settings in entry-level job positions 


COURSE CODES 















Based on placement testing scores, Transitional Studies Courses may be required as a component of this program. All courses are listed in alpha-numeric order. 

BAKING & PASTRY 



CU1443 Artisan Breads and Baking Production 4 70 

CU1444 European Cakes and Tortes 4 70 

CU1445 Chocolate, Confections & Centerpieces 4 70 

CU1446 Advanced Patisserie and Display Cakes 4 70 




CU1642 Introduction to Baking and Pastry Techniques ** 6 110 






TOTAL: 50 credits : 780 hours 

17

THE ART OF 

COOKING 



Culinary professionals are multi-tasking wizards. They’re experts at preparation and presentation, and 

excel at split second timing. The culinary field is more than just mastering the skills that are integral 

to the profession. Culinary students have the opportunity to learn the techniques and the artistry 

that can transform a customer’s dining experience into a full scale event, to gain a sense of food and 

restaurant styles, be taught how to think and act like a culinary professional, and to understand the 

trends in the world of culinary arts. Our students can become skilled at the fundamentals of cooking, 

knife skills, sanitation, safety, and food production. They have the opportunity to learn about modern, 

regional and classical cuisines, and practice whipping up culinary delights in modern kitchens. Upon 

graduation, students are prepared to seek entry-level jobs as prep cook, line cook and first cook. 


The mission of The Art of Cooking diploma program is to provide an environment for students to become 

learners who possess the skills, knowledge, creativity and ethical values necessary in the rapidly changing, 

culturally diverse culinary professions. Overall the intent of the program is to have experienced industry 

professionals impart their knowledge and technical acumen to the students. The approach to education 

relies heavily on actually participating in projects that are practical and technical in scope. Graduating 

students will be prepared to seek entry-level positions in the field of hospitality and culinary arts. 




2. Prepare standardized recipes using a variety of cooking techniques which meet industry quality standards 

3. Prepare a variety recipes utilizing the correct techniques, ingredients 

and equipment which meet industry quality standards 

4. Define and articulate the core values of the culinary professional 

5. Seek entry-level positions in commercial and institutional food service settings 


COURSE CODES 

















THE ART OF COOKING 


CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques** 2 20 












CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen 8 150 




19

DESIGN 

MANAGEMENT 



Design is the cornerstone of all successful products and services. In an increasingly global 

and competitive marketplace, today’s businesses are seeking partners who can innovate and 

collaborate to help protect the considerable investment they have made in their brands, products, 

and services. They seek managers who are adept at sales, marketing, and business, and who can 

manage the planning and creative production processes, including people and products. 


The mission of the Bachelor’s in Design Management degree program is to prepare graduates 

for entry-level positions of innovation management by providing a strong foundation in design, 

branding, business management, entrepreneurship and communication. A key focus of the 

program is collaborative communication skills in dynamic, entrepreneurial environments. 


1. Graduates will understand, encourage and inspire the creative process from concept to execution. 

2. Graduates will identify opportunities and execute innovative solutions to a variety of problems. 

3. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency in brand development 

and related business communication tools. 

4. Graduates will manage high-performance teams and business resources 


COURSE CODES 















with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD, DM, and SM identify the core courses required in this program. 



DESIGN MANAGEMENT 

AD2420 Organizational Behavior** 4 40 

AD2430 Fundamentals of Marketing & Advertising** 4 40 


AD4420 Sales 4 40 


DM1420 Introduction to Design Management 4 40 

DM2400 Technology and Productivity 4 40 

DM2410 Fundamentals of Business 4 60 

DM2430 Principles of Managerial Accounting 4 40 


DM2480 Business Statistics for Design** 4 40 

DM2490 Project Management** 4 40 

DM3400 Financial Issues in Design** 4 40 

DM3460 Business Communications 4 40 

DM3480 Managing Creativity and Innovation** 4 40 

DM4410 Design Management Seminar 4 40 

DM4450 Business Plan** 4 60 













DM4480 Capstone** 4 60 




GD3470 Law & the Commercial Arts 4 40 

DM4486 Internship 4 120 

SM1401 Studio Major I 4 60 

SM1402 Studio Major II 4 60 

SM2403 Studio Major III 4 60 

SM2404 Studio Major IV 4 60 

SM3405 Studio Major V 4 60 

SM3406 Studio Major VI 4 60 

SM4407 Studio Major VII 4 60 

SM4408 Studio Major VIII 4 60 


GE3424 Interpersonal Communications 4 40 







21

DIGITAL 

FILM & VIDEO 

PRODUCTION 



The Bachelor of Science degree program in Digital Film & Video Production at The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota is designed to offer a balance in theory, history, and practical 

training to produce competent and literate graduates who are proficient in the technical, 

organizational, historical, and creative aspects of visual storytelling. This program is designed 

to integrate industry and education with internship programs and its own student operated 

production company and television studios. Students will have the opportunity to script and 

produce screenplays, teleplays, sitcoms, commercials and music videos. In addition, the 

program is designed to enhance technical competencies, as students will be offered advanced 

courses in these areas and provided the opportunity to concentrate in their chosen fields. 


The mission of the Digital Filmmaking & Video Production Bachelor degree program is to prepare graduates 

for entry level positions in the film, television, and interactive broadcast mediums. The Digital Film & 

Video Production program specifically offers training in the areas of scriptwriting, producing, 

directing, film production techniques, audio post, post production management, and motion 

graphics. Graduates are prepared for entry-level positions in the film, television, and interactive 

broadcast mediums to freelance professionals in the production of feature films, shorts, music 

videos, and commercials or to embark on a career as a well-rounded, independent filmmaker. 


1. Producing & Directing: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to conceptualize, plan and 

execute different styles of media productions. Graduates will demonstrate an understanding 

of their leadership and collaborative responsibilities in relationship to artistic partners, 

crews, clients, the wider community and their own personal development 

2. Writing & Critical Thinking: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to effectively 

communicate ideas, stories and expectations in written work. Graduates will have an 

understanding of the historical, cultural and social contexts for moving images 

3. Cinematography & Lighting: Graduates will demonstrate control of camera, 

cinematic and lighting equipment in relation to a given subject 

4. Sound: Graduates will demonstrate control of audio recording and sound equipment in a variety of 

applications. Graduates will show ability to create a meaningful relationship between image and sound 

5. Editing & Post-Production: Graduates will demonstrate appropriate skill in editing with attention 

to duration, shot to shot relation, shot to scene and relation to the whole. Graduates will 

demonstrate a basic understanding of design principles in use of typography, motion graphics 

and animation, as well as compositing and image processing skills (where applicable) 

6. Professionalism: Graduates present and conduct themselves professionally and demonstrate 

an understanding of specific career paths, job responsibilities, and industry expectations 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes DF and CA identify the core courses required in this program. 



DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO PRODUCTION 

CA1400 Production Fundamentals 4 60 

CA2430 Introduction to Video** 4 60 


DF1400 Survey of Digital Filmmaking and Video Production 4 60 

DF1410 Principles of Preproduction 4 60 

DF1440 Lighting 4 60 

DF2400 Fundamentals of Cinematography** 4 60 

DF2410 Fundamentals of Producing & Directing 4 60 

DF2420 Studio Production 4 60 

DF2430 Electronic Field Production** 4 60 

DF2440 History of Motion Media & Mass Communication 4 60 

DF3400 Media Theory & Criticism 4 60 

DF3410 Acting and Directing 4 60 

DF3420 Sound Design 4 60 

DF3430 Short Media Production 4 60 

DF3440 Senior Project Preparation** 4 60 














DF3450 Media Production Workshop 4 60 

DF3460 Audio Post Production 4 60 

DF4400 Senior Project Production 4 60 

DF4410 Multi-Camera Production 4 60 

DF4430 Senior Project Post-Production 4 60 

DF4440 Senior Portfolio and Defense** 4 60 

DF4450 Internship 4 120 



PH1402 Principles of Digital Photography 4 60 

VE1438 Computer Graphics 4 60 

VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling 4 60 

VE2453 Introduction to VFX 4 60 


VE3490 Advanced Editing Principles 4 60 









23

FASHION & 

RETAIL 

MANAGEMENT 



The Bachelor degree program in Fashion & Retail Management is a twelve-quarter program that 

will offer experience across disciplines in business, fashion, and design, covering both soft and hard 

lines. This cross-functional focus will allow students to expand beyond traditional fashion design 

positions and choose among options in manufacturing, design and retailing. The content of the 

curriculum includes fashion industry trends and manufacturing, general business, management, 

operations and compliance, retailing, marketing, advertising, and design. Students will learn 

how to effectively bridge the gap between designers and the retail market. They will be required 

to both identify and anticipate fashion trends, as well as to develop the decision-making skills 

needed to insure that the preferred consumer goods are in stock at the appropriate time. 


The mission of the Bachelor’s degree in Fashion & Retail Management program is to 

prepare students to begin careers in store and mall management, event promotion, 

sales, product and sales development, and small business ownership. 


1. Graduates will demonstrate proficiency with common business computer programs 

including inventory management, presentation, spreadsheet, and Web software 

2. Graduates will accurately use industry terminology to analyze and meet client needs. This process 

will include trend forecasting, textile evaluation, buying plans, and usage for specific markets 

3. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to plan and analyze key marketing and management 

processes including event planning, product development, target market identification, 

market research strategies, branding, electronic marketing, and supply chain distribution 

4. Graduates will demonstrate the knowledge of Visual Merchandising as a 

communication tool to market the merchandise to the consumer 

5. Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation skills to include appropriate 

interpersonal communication skills; articulation of knowledge of fashion marketing and 

management; and mastery of industry standards, professional practices and ethics 

6. Graduates will demonstrate an understanding of the complexities of the global 

marketplace in terms of trade restrictions and international business 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD and FRM identify the core courses required in this program. 



FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT 

AD2420 Organizational Behavior 4 40 



AD4410 Public Relations and Promotion 4 40 

AD4420 Sales 4 40 


DM2410 Fundamentals of Business** 4 60 

DM2430 Principles of Managerial Accounting 4 40 


DM2490 Project Management 4 40 

DM3460 Business Communications 4 40 

DM4450 Business Plan 4 60 

FRM1400 Fashion History I 4 40 

FRM1401 Fashion History II 4 40 

FRM1410 Fundamentals of Management 

Technology 4 40 

FRM1433 Textiles and Fiber 4 40 












FRM1442 Introduction to Retailing** 4 40 

FRM2400 Consumer Behavior 4 40 

FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation & Construction 4 40 

FRM2475 Retail Mathematics** 4 40 

FRM2490 Visual Merchandising 4 40 

FRM3425 Introduction to Manufacturing 4 40 

FRM3455 Merchandise Management** 4 40 

FRM4410 Web Marketing for Fashion Retail 

Management 4 40 

FRM4420 Retail Operations and Planning 4 40 

FRM4425 Trends and Concepts in Apparel 4 40 

FRM4461 Product Development 4 40 

FRM4495 Special Topics in Fashion & 

Retail Management 4 40 



PA4487 Portfolio 4 60 










25

FASHION 

RETAILING 



The Fashion Retailing program teaches students how to use their combined creative and business skills 

to display, market, and sell fashion merchandise. The well-trained student will be able to effectively 

understand and meet the customer’s needs, and ultimately encourage sales. This is accomplished 

by having a keen awareness to the changing needs of the consumer, learning how to identify and 

predict new style trends, and by being able to conceptualize and promote fashion displays and sales 

campaigns. Individuals in fashion retailing will learn how to evaluate apparel construction, identify 

appropriate characteristics and uses of different textiles. They will also gain knowledge of consumer 

behavior, retail operations, visual merchandising, the larger marketplace, and business skills. 


The mission of the diploma program in Fashion Retailing is to prepare students to seek positions in the 

field of fashion retailing. The program is intended for students who have a background in fashion and 

are interested in developing retail management and business skills, or who are preparing for a career 

in fashion retailing in boutiques, specialty stores, national department stores, and discount chains. 

Students primarily focus on retail sales, management, operations, fashion trends, and promotion. 


1. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to combine creative and business 

skills to display, market, and sell fashion merchandise 

2. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to understand and meet the 

customer’s needs, and ultimately encourage sales 

3. Graduates will demonstrate an awareness of the changing needs of the 

consumer, identify and predict new style trends, and use this information to 

conceptualize and promote fashion displays and sales campaigns 

4. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to evaluate apparel construction and 

identify appropriate characteristics and uses of different textiles 

5. Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of consumer behavior, retail operations, 

visual merchandising, the larger marketplace, and business skills 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes AD and FRM identify the core courses required in this program. 



FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT 

FRM1433 Textiles and Fiber 4 60 

FRM1442 Intro to Retailing** 4 60 

FRM2400 Consumer Behavior 4 60 

FRM2415 Apparel Evaluation and Construction 4 60 

FRM2490 Visual Merchandising 4 60 

FRM3425 Intro to Manufacturing 4 60 


FRM3455 Merchandise Management** 4 60 

FRM4420 Retail Operations and Technology 4 60 

FRM4425 Trends and Concepts in Apparel 4 60 



DM2410 Fundamentals of Business** 4 60 



27

GRAPHIC 

DESIGN 



The Bachelor Degree Program in Graphic Design is a twelve-quarter program. The Graphic Design degree 

program teaches students to express themselves creatively while visually communicating a message. 

The Graphic Design degree program emphasizes hands-on learning. Students in the Graphic Design 

degree program use industry-related technology and software. Course topics in the Graphic Design 

degree program include typography, illustration, and package design. With a Graphic Design degree, 

graduates can pursue entry-level jobs like graphic designer, computer artist, and production artist. 

The Graphic Design Bachelor’s degree program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

is the first step toward a career in commercial graphics. Initially, students develop an 

understanding of color and composition, design and typography, and learn accurate 

drawing skills. As they progress through the program, students are trained in creative 

problem solving and learn to offer solutions that are effective in the business world. 

Emphasis is placed on concept development and creative problem solving. Skills and techniques 

of computer graphics and electronic imaging are taught by master professionals. Tools include 

scanners, digital cameras, and computer-based hardware and software. Advanced training 

includes the execution of assignments encountered by professionals in the field. 


The mission of the Bachelor’s in Graphic Design degree program is to provide a focus on 

conceptual thinking while developing graphic design technical and creative skills, including an 

introduction to the theory and practice of print and Web design production, electronic publishing, 

graphic imagery, and sales promotion. Graduates are prepared to grow their careers from 

entry-level positions in the graphic design field through the practice of lifelong learning. 


1. Technical - Graduates will demonstrate and apply competencies in industry-specific 

computer software programs within the context of producing concrete projects. This includes 

technical aspects of prepress, output, and quality reproduction as well as web design 

2. Design - Graduates will analyze and incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout 

and design. This includes spatial relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness; 

interrelationships among imagery and text; balance; typography; and color theory 

3. Conceptual - Graduates will demonstrate design concepts and relate these to historical and 

contemporary trends and social context by producing successful visual solutions to assigned problems 

4. Visual Communication - Graduates will model the interdependence of content and visual 

expression and be able to evaluate and critique their ideas. Graduates must be able to verbally 

articulate the vision behind their creative work and explain and promote their solutions 

5. Professional Presentation - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation; articulation 

of knowledge of graphic design and visual problem solving; and mastery of industry standards, 

professional practices and ethics 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix GD identifies the core courses required in this program. 



GRAPHIC DESIGN 





GD1411 Intermediate Drawing 4 60 


GD1430 Illustration 4 60 



GD2421 Art & Design Concepts 4 60 

GD2425 Advanced Typography 4 60 

GD2432 Digital Illustration 4 60 

GD2433 Electronic Design 4 60 

GD2437 Design History 4 40 

GD2440 Print Production** 4 60 

GD2480 Designing for the Web 4 60 












GD3411 Corporate Identity & Communications 4 60 

GD3431 Advanced Design** 4 60 

GD3435 Media Design 4 60 

GD3445 Marketing Design 4 60 

GD3455 Package Design 4 60 

GD3465 Publication Design 4 60 


GD4435 Advanced Illustration 4 60 

GD4480 Design Production Team 4 60 


IM2440 User Centered Interface Design 4 60 

PA4485 Portfolio Preparation** 4 60 













29

GRAPHIC 

DESIGN 



Glossy magazines, digital media, corporate stationery, television graphics, billboards - all are composed 

of images, design, and printed words that work together to sell products and services, or to convey 

messages. This is the fundamental concept of graphic design, and it’s the basis of some of today’s 

most dynamic fields - advertising, publishing, television and interactive communications. 

The Graphic Design Associate degree program at The Art Institutes International Minnesota is the first 

step toward a career in commercial graphics. Initially, students develop an understanding of color and 

composition, design and typography, and have the opportunity to learn accurate drawing skills. As they 

progress through the program, students have the opportunity to learn to offer effective solutions. 


The mission of the Graphic Design Associate degree program is to provide a focus on conceptual 

thinking while developing graphic design technical and creative skills, including an introduction to 

the theory and practice of print and web design production, electronic publishing, graphic imagery, 

and sales promotion. Graduates are prepared to enter in entry-level positions in the graphic design 

field through practice of lifelong learning. Graphic Design graduates are prepared to work and 

meet the challenges of the continually changing marketplace and Graphic Design profession. 


1. Technical - Graduates will demonstrate competencies in industry-specific computer 

software programs within the context of producing concrete projects. This includes 

technical aspects of prepress, output, and quality reproduction, as well as web design 

2. Design - Graduates will incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and 

design. This includes spatial relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness; 


3. Visual Communication - Graduates are able to verbally articulate the vision 

behind their creative work and explain and promote their solutions 

4. History / Concepts - Students will demonstrate design concepts and relate these to historical and 

contemporary trends and social context by producing successful visual solutions to assigned problems 

5. Design Professionalism - Graduates will demonstrate professional presentation; 

articulation of knowledge of graphic design and visual problem solving 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix GD identifies the core courses required in this program. 



GRAPHIC DESIGN 






GD1430 Illustration 4 60 



GD2432 Digital Illustration 4 60 










GD2440 Print Production** 4 60 

GD3431 Advanced Design** 4 60 


GD4480 Design Production Team 4 60 








31

HOSPITALITY 

MANAGEMENT 



The world’s most illustrious hotels, restaurants, and resorts build their reputations on being able to meet 

customer expectations and demands for service, quality, diversity of product, and professional expertise. 

At The Art Institutes International Minnesota, we understand that successful communication between all 

the players in the Hospitality Management business – in the kitchen and in the front of the house – from 

the front desk to housekeeping, keeps things running smoothly and contributes to the overall success of 

any hospitality venture. Curriculum for the Bachelor of Science Hospitality Management degree program 

begins with an introduction to the variety and scope of positions within the hospitality industry. 

Students have the opportunity to explore the various dimensions of hospitality, such as the role of culinary 

education and various entry-level career opportunities, before moving on to both practical and theoretical 

skills in the business arena. Purchasing, budgeting, planning and cost control knowledge informs students 

of the market requirements of running a hotel, restaurant or institutional business. Students can also receive 

grounding in the marketing, financial management, law, facilities management, and travel industry skills 

necessary in the operation of a business in the various segments of the multi-faceted hospitality industry. 


The mission of the Bachelor’s in Hospitality Management degree program is to prepare students 

for entry-level positions in the hospitality industry. A com¬prehensive curriculum in all facets 

of the industry, along with personal and professional development skills is designed to prepare 

students to assume management roles in a wide variety of hospitality applicactions. 



1. Seek an entry-level skill position in the food service industry 

2. Demonstrate and articulate an awareness of the cross-cultural, moral, ethical and environmental 

issues in hospitality organizations and their relationship with all stakeholders 

3. List, explore and critically analyze the principles and practices impacting 

contemporary issues affecting the global hospitality industry 

4. Differentiate between the many roles and responsibilities of a 

manager within a range of hospitality environments 

5. Implement operational sales and marketing techniques in hospitality organizations 

6. Prepare, maintain, analyze, and utilize financial documents and data related to hospitality organizations 

7. Create a business plan for a food service outlet or hospitality company 


COURSE CODES 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota uses prefixes to represent 

subject areas as follows: 










HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 

AD2430 Fundamentals Of Marketing and Advertising 4 40 

CU1210 Concepts and Theories of Culinary Techniques 2 20 

CU1610 Fundamentals of Classical Techniques 6 110 



CU2451 Food and Beverages Operations Management ** 4 40 


CU2861 Ala Carte Kitchen 8 150 

CU3423 Catering and Event Management 4 40 

CU3455 Human Resources Management 4 40 

CU3480 Quality Service Management and Training 4 40 

CU4412 Exploring Wines and the Culinary Arts 4 40 

CU4420 Facilities Management and Design 4 40 

CU4430 Global Management/Operations 4 40 











NOTE: 

This program requires the use of a laptop. The following 

hardware and software requirements listed below are the 

minimum specifications necessary for the computer: 

• Hardware: 256 MB of RAM or more, 5 GB of free disk 

space, 802.11b or 802.11g wireless network adapter 

• Platform: Windows XP, Vista, or 7; MacOS X only 

• Minimum: Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for Windows, 

Safari or Firefox 1.5 or higher for Macintosh NOTE: 

JavaScript & Cookies must be enabled. 

• Students can purchase discounted laptops through 

www.aistudentstore.com 




with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes HM and CU identify the core courses required in this program. 




DM2430 Principles Of Managerial Accounting 4 40 

HM1430 Sales and Public Relations 4 40 

HM1440 Lodging Operations ** 4 40 

HM2450 Front Office Management 4 40 

HM2451 Purchasing/Contract Service 4 40 

HM2480 Hospitality Law 4 40 

HM2481 Institutional Operations 4 40 

HM3412 Travel and Tourism 4 40 

HM3490 Risk Management 4 40 

HM3491 Multi-Unit/Chain/Franchise Operations 4 40 

HM4401 Hospitality Accounting ** 4 40 

HM4430 Hospitality Capstone ** 4 40 

PA4416 HM Management Internship 16 480 










33

INTERIOR 

DESIGN 



Interior designers must have a thorough understanding of efficient space planning, human factors, color, 

pattern, lighting, furniture, and materials. These elements are essential to the creation of residential 

and commercial spaces. Whether working for architectural or interior design firms, hotel or restaurant 

chains, department or furniture stores, or independently as consultants or firm owners, accomplished 

designers are adept at working with clients and understanding their needs. Students begin with a 

foundation in basic rendering and perspective, have the opportunity to build the aesthetic and technical 

problem-solving skills and discover the difference between designing for architectural firms, retail 

stores, hotels and restaurants. Students have the opportunity to learn how to keep accurate records 

and discover how to buy wholesale, enter a world where color, texture, fabric, and light are instruments 

that paint an environment, and are introduced to computer-aided drafting (CAD) and sample the 

real world of interior design in the studio, the showroom, and the business planning office. 


The mission of the Interior Design Bachelor’s degree program is to graduate 

students prepared for their profession, able to conceive and execute viable, creative 

design solutions in diverse occupations within current market realities. 


1. Design Theory: Graduates will apply theories and knowledge of design 

to develop creative solutions to interior design problems 

2. Problem Solving: Graduates will solve interior design problems within the 

constraints of applicable codes and industry standards 

3. Communication: Graduates will demonstrate the communication 

skills needed for success in the interior design field 

4. Material Use: Graduates will produce effective designs using appropriate materials and products 

5. Professionalism: Graduates will conduct themselves in accord with the 

professional and ethical standards of the interior design profession 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix ID identifies the core courses required in this program. 



INTERIOR DESIGN 




ID1420 Architectural Drafting** 4 60 

ID1421 Perspectives 4 60 

ID1426 Mixed Media 4 60 

ID1433 Textiles & Fabrics 4 60 

ID1440 3D Design 4 60 

ID2420 History of Design to 1830 4 40 

ID2422 Introduction to Space Planning 4 60 

ID2424 Elements of Interior Design 4 60 

ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems 4 60 

ID2430 Computer Aided Drafting** 4 60 

ID2431 Revit 4 60 

ID2440 Design Process 4 60 

ID2441 Design Development: Residential 4 60 












ID2442 Design Development: Commercial 4 60 

ID2443 Problems in Residential Design 4 60 

ID3419 Civilization & the Arts 4 40 

ID3420 History of Design from 1830 to Present 4 40 

ID3421 19th & 20th Century Architecture 4 40 

ID3425 Lighting 4 60 

ID3427 Interior Tectonics & Codes** 4 60 

ID3429 Interior Detailing 4 60 

ID3440 Specialty Design 4 60 

ID3441 Advanced Residential Design 4 60 

ID3442 Advanced Corporate Design 4 60 

ID4425 Advanced Detailing** 4 60 

ID4440 Advanced Specialty Design 4 60 

ID4479 Professional Practice 4 40 

ID4480 Senior Design Project 4 60 










35

INTERIOR 

DESIGN 



Our Associate’s level Interior Design degree program is carefully balanced and designed to provide 

a three-dimensional understanding of space, form, and function. In early courses, students have 

the opportunity to learn the basics of drawing, drafting, color, and design, and the fundamentals of 

space planning and perspective. In later quarters, students have the opportunity to receive training in 

working drawings, detailing, life safety codes, and learn about textiles and the history of design. 


The mission of the Interior Design Associate degree program is to prepare students 

to function as professionals who are able to develop viable creative solutions 

within residential ssettings and limited commercial applcations. 




2. Codes & Standards: Solve interior design problems in accordance with applicable codes and industry standards 



4. Material Use: Graduates will produce effective designs using appropriate materials and products 




COURSE CODES 

















INTERIOR DESIGN 







ID2420 History of Design to 1830 4 40 


ID2424 Elements of Interior Design 4 60 











ID2431 Revit 4 60 

ID2440 Design Process 4 60 

ID2441 Design Development: Residential 4 60 


ID3420 History of Design from 1830 to Present 4 40 







37

INTERIOR 

PLANNING WITH 

AUTOCAD 



Everything that is manufactured, constructed, or remodeled involves charts, plans or drawings. 

The drafter puts the designs on paper that are essential to managers, financiers, engineers, and 

manufacturers. The overall program objective is to develop as an entry-level drafter. The program 

focuses on building construction. In addition to the opportunity to learn the basic skills such as 

lettering, line work, and drafting principles, the student can learn to use codes specification and 

reference materials. Training is also devoted to learning Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) when the 

power of the computer and advanced software greatly expands the drafter’s productivity. 


The mission of the Interior Design wtih AutoCAD Associate degree program is to 

preparetudents to function as professionals skilled in drafting and space planning. 




2. Codes & Standards: Solve interior design problems in accordance with applicable codes and industry standards 






COURSE CODES 

















INTERIOR PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD 







ID1440 3D Design 4 60 


ID2425 Building Materials and Mechanical Systems 4 60 











ID2431 Revit 4 60 


ID3425 Lighting 4 60 

ID3427 Interior Tectonics & Codes** 4 60 

ID3429 Interior Detailing 4 60 







39

MEDIA ARTS & 

ANIMATION 



The Bachelor’s level degree program in Media Arts & Animation is a twelve quarter program. 

The program provides the graduate with art, design, technical, business, and life skills needed 

to develop and sustain a career in the fields of animation and related media arts. 


The Bachelor’s level Media Arts & Animation degree program is designed to provide 

graduates with the relevant career skills needed to seek entry-level careers in the animation 

industry. The goal is accomplished through a focused curriculum based on industry 

validated program exit competencies. Graduates will be prepared for entry-level positions 

in 2D and 3D animation, 3D modeling, artists or other animation and art specialists. 


1. Graduates will demonstrate application of learned concepts from foundation level art courses. 

These would include: drawing, color, form, design, composition and foundation level digital art skills 

2. Graduates will demonstrate an applied technical knowledge of animation 

tools and software according to current industry standards 

3. Graduates will demonstrate a practical understanding and application in the principles of animation, 

acting and movement and cinematic storytelling as it relates to 2D and 3D animation (as applicable) 

4. Graduates will demonstrate professionalism, through the creation and presentation of 

a demo-reel and self-promotion package, according to current industry standards 

5. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to conceptualize, plan, 

execute, and deliver quality animation projects 

6. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to work on team-based projects 


COURSE CODES 












numeral refers to the number of credits earned for that course. The last two numerals differentiate the courses. Course 

designations 1xxx through 2xxx are lower division courses. They are intended to be taken prior to upper division courses that are 

designated with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixe CA identify the core courses required in this program. 



MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION 

CA1400 Production Fundamentals** for CA and VE 4 60 

CA1405 Advanced Drawing for Animation 4 60 

CA1409 History and Trends in Animation 4 60 

CA1410 Storyboarding and Animatics 4 60 

CA1415 Writing for Animation 4 60 

CA1420 Digital Imaging** 4 60 

CA2413 Acting for Animators 4 60 

CA2425 Introduction to 2D Animation** 4 60 

CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** for CA and VE 4 60 


CA2432 Character/Object Design 4 60 

CA2439 Introduction to 3D Animation** 4 60 


CA3425 Materials and Lighting 4 60 

CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** for CA and VE 4 60 

ELECTIVES (SELECT ONE) 

CA2435 Advanced 2D Animation 4 60 

CA3479 Advanced 3D Animation 4 60 













CA3459 Intermediate 3D Animation** for CA 4 60 

CA3460 Computer Animation Studio 4 60 

CA3469 Advanced 3D Modeling 4 60 

CA3470 Special Topics for Computer Animation 4 60 

CA4461 Traditional Animation Studio 4 60 

CA4480 Team Animation 4 60 



GD1403 Typography for Digital Media 4 60 




PA4483 Digital Portfolio** 4 60 

PA4484 Portfolio Presentation** 4 60 










41

PHOTOGRAPHY 

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS: 12 QUARTERS 


In our Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree program, you have the opportunity to seek key technical skill with 

basic classes in photography (both traditional darkroom and digital), design, and layout. As you gain 

proficiency, you can increase your skill level with coursework in studio and product photography, 

in-depth topical explorations of subject, and professional level digital photographic printing. 


The mission of the Photography Bachelor’s degree program is to provide students with 

technical skills and the mature design vision needed to produce compelling imagery. Students 

can also acquire communication and business skills appropriate to market needs. 


Students graduating from the Photography program will: 

1. Produce a portfolio of original work for current media and multiple platforms demonstrating 

industry standards, and employing appropriate technical strategies 

2. Be able to place themselves and their work within an historic and cultural context 

3. Be able to use problem-solving processes to produce visually compelling 

imagery reflective of their personal styles and visions 

4. Conceptualize, plan and implement marketing strategies and a business model reflective of 

industry standards, while demonstrating personal motivation and ethical practices 

THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MNNESOTA

COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix PH identifies the core courses required in this program. 



PHOTOGRAPHY 

AD2400 Computer Illustration 4 60 

AD3450 Art Direction 4 60 


DM2490 Project Management 4 60 







GD3470 Law and the Commercial Arts 4 40 


PH1401 Principles of Photography** 4 60 

PH1410 History and Survey of Photography 4 40 

PH1413 Fundamentals of Lighting** 4 60 

PH1450 Photographic Design 4 60 

ELECTIVE (SELECT ONE) 4 60 

CA2440 Digital Video Editing 

PH2476 Multimedia for Photographers 













PH1470 Large Format Photography 4 60 

PH2413 Advanced Lighting 4 60 

PH2451 Digital Photographic Production** 4 60 

PH2454 Photographic Language and Culture 4 40 

PH2460 Digital Darkroom 4 60 

PH2470 Editorial Photography 4 60 

PH2478 Location Photography 4 60 

PH3400 The Business of Photography 4 40 

PH3410 Photographic Essays & Visual Narratives 4 60 

PH3413 Photographic Studio 4 60 

PH4410 Specialization** 4 60 

PA4485 Portfolio Preparation 4 60 











43

DIGITAL IMAGE 

MANAGEMENT 



The Digital Image Management diploma program will prepare students to seek entry-level positions in 

their chosen field. Students are primarily focused on the creation of digital photography and videos, the 

development of websites, publishing electronic images for print and the web, and basic business principles. 

Students will gain knowledge in the key functions of digital photography and video; this involves the 

basics of how to produce digital photographs and videos that effectively communicate their ideas, the 

techniques of digital editing, asset management, and publishing and printing of digital files. Students will 

be taught business principles including how to keep financial records, market their work, and the basic 

knowledge of licensing, copyright laws, contracts, and negotiation. Students are primarily focused on 

digital photography, the publishing of electronic images for print and web, and basic business principles. 


The mission of the diploma program in Digital Image Management is to prepare students to seek 

postitions in their chosen field, and function as assistants for a professional photographer. 


1. Demonstrate knowledge and control of the photographic process, including image manipulation, 

photo retouching, color management, printing, network use and digital asset management 

2. Demonstrate knowledge of the workings of a large, multi-functional commercial photographic 

studio, its business and operations, including key concepts of business plans, competitive 

business strategies, human resources, database management, and financial principles 

3. Create advanced market research including branding, competitive analysis, and direct marketing 

THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL MNNESOTA

COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixe PH identifies the core courses required in this program. 

DIGITAL IMAGE MANAGEMENT 


CA2430 - Introduction to Video 4 60 

GD3470 - Law & the Commercial Arts 4 40 

PH1402 - Principles of Photography for Non Majors 4 60 

PH1413 - Fundamentals of Lighting 4 60 

PH1450 - Photographic Design 4 60 

PH2413 - Advanced Lighting 4 60 


PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production 4 60 

PH2460 - Digital Darkroom 4 60 

PH2470 - Editorial Photography 4 60 

PH2476 - Multimedia for Photographers 4 60 

PH3400 - The Business of Photography 4 40 

PH3413 - Photographic Studio 4 60 


45

VISUAL EFFECTS 

& MOTION 

GRAPHICS 



The Art Institutes International Minnesota Bachelor’s Program in Visual Effects & Motion 

Graphics will train graduates in two major areas: motion graphics and digital compositing. These 

interrelated fields deal with design, layering and movement of digital elements and imagery. 


The Bachelor of Science degree program in Visual Effects & Motion Graphics is designed to prepare 

graduates for entry-level positions in television, the film industry, visual effects, corporate postproduction 

and other related fields by providing for a solid foundation in the principles of art, design, professional 

skills and technical knowledge essential for their success. Graduates will be prepared for entry-level 

positions in broadcast and cable television, film, videos, and DVD post-production industries. 

PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES 

1. Conceptualize and design effective motion graphics within professional design parameters 

2. Create engaging visual effects by implementing post-production techniques 

3. Demonstrate technical application of compositing, 3D, video editing, and 

use of live-action plates to enhance visual communications 

4. Demonstrate basic filmmaking principles in cinematography, animation and editing 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefixes CA and VE identify the core courses required in this program. 



VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION GRAPHICS 


CA1400 Production Fundamentals** for CA and VE 4 60 

CA2429 Introduction to 3D Modeling** 4 60 

CA2430 Introduction to Video** 4 60 


CA3425 Materials and Lighting 4 60 

CA3449 Intermediate 3D Modeling** 4 60 

DF1410 Principles of Preproduction 4 60 





VE1409 History and Trends in Visual Effects 4 60 

VE1438 Computer Graphics** 4 60 

VE1457 Conceptual Storytelling 4 60 

VE2450 Maps, Mattes, and Masks 4 60 

ELECTIVE (SELECT ONE) 4 60 

CA2431 Audio Production 

PH1402 Principles of Photography for Non-Majors 














VE2453 Introduction to VFX** 4 60 

VE2467 Production Design 4 60 


VE2486 Broadcast Graphics 4 60 

VE3453 Intermediate VFX** 4 60 

VE3457 Post Production Management 4 60 

VE3465 Digital Cinematography for VFX 4 60 

VE3477 3D Effects 4 60 

VE3486 Intermediate Broadcast Graphics** 4 60 

VE4463 Advanced VFX I 4 60 

VE4467 Production Studio I 4 60 

VE4473 Advanced VFX II 4 60 

VE4486 Advanced Broadcast Graphics 4 60 

PA4483 Digital Portfolio** 4 60 










47

WEB DESIGN & 

INTERACTIVE 

MEDIA 



Web Design & Interactive Media Bachelor’s degree program prepares graduates for entrylevel 

positions in the interactive design field. The program provides a comprehensive design 

foundation and advanced level of web development: Design and programming skills combined 

with business strategies and user-centered needs to create interactive technology solutions. 


Web Design & Interactive Media is a user-centered design program. Program outcomes are 

focused on creativity, design strategy, and technology solutions across media platforms. 

Program competencies are those related to interface design, interactivity, visual design, 

database design, dynamic content design, technology, and information design. 


1. Presentation - Graduates will possess the requisite presentation, interviewing, resume building and business 

knowledge critical to seeking an entry-level web designer and/or developer position in the industry 

2. Design - Graduates will apply the vocabulary and concepts of interactive 

design, through effective communication and creative design 

3. Technical Skill - Graduates will demonstrate a strong foundation in interactive development through effective 

and efficient implementation of integrated functionality with authoring systems and/or web scripting 

4. Documentation - Graduates will apply advanced skills in the principles of form and 

function to document and produce designs and business solutions appropriate to a 

particular client or target audience while developing a professional portfolio 

5. Graduates will demonstrate the ability to work on team-based projects 


COURSE CODES 














with numbers 3xxx through 4xxx. Generally, the prefix IM identifies the core courses required in this program. 



WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA 

AD2400 Computer Illustration 4 60 


CA2431 Audio Production 4 60 









IM1480 Fundamentals of Interactive Design** 4 60 

IM2420 Fundamentals of Scripting Languages** 4 60 


IM2460 Introduction to Authoring 4 60 

ELECTIVES A (SELECT ONE) 

GD2425 Advanced Typography 4 60 

GD2440 Print Production 4 60 

ELECTIVES B (SELECT ONE) 

GD3455 Package Design 4 60 














IM2470 Interactive Motion Graphics 4 60 

IM2480 Digital Video Production 4 60 

IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting 4 60 

IM3411 Writing for Interactive Design 4 40 

IM3420 Advanced Scripting Languages** 4 60 

IM3460 Intermediate Authoring 4 60 

IM4420 Dynamic Web Applications** 4 60 

IM4440 Usability Evaluation 4 60 

IM4470 E-Learning Design & Applications 4 60 

IM4480 Web Design & Interactive Media Production 

Team 4 60 

IM4490 Special Topics in Web Design & Interactive Media 4 60 


PA4487 Portfolio** 4 60 




VE2453 Introduction to VFX 4 60 








TOTAL: 180 credits : 

2,380 hours without Internship elective 

49

WEB DESIGN & 

INTERACTIVE 

MEDIA 



Web Design & Interactive Media Associate degree program prepares graduates for entry-level positions 

in the interactive design field. The program provides a comprehensive interactive design foundation. 


Web Design & Interactive Media is a user-centered design program. Program outcomes are 

focused on creativity, design strategy, and technology solutions across media platforms. 

Program competencies are those related to interface design, interactivity, technology 

and visual design. Graduates can seek employment in the interactive design field. 


1. Theory: Demonstrate and integrate knowledge of the major concepts, theoretical 

perspectives, empirical findings, and historical trends in interactive media 

2. Design skills: Graduates will incorporate aesthetics and formal concepts of layout and 

design. This includes special relationships; communication legibility and effectiveness; 


3. Technical expertise: Students will demonstrate and apply competencies in the technical aspects of 

prepress, output, and quality reproduction using industry-specific computer software programs 

4. Theory: Graduates will integrate the theory of interactive media into the production of specific projects 

5. Research: Graduates will demonstrate the research skills expected of 

practitioners in the field of interactive media design 

6. Communication: Graduates demonstrate a command of the vocabulary of interactive media design 

7. Information Management: Graduates will demonstrate the ability to 

acquire and use digital information appropriately 


COURSE CODES 

















WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE MEDIA 






























51

WEB DESIGN & 

DEVELOPMENT 



The Web Design & Development diploma program teaches students how to create the look, 

feel and functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites. This involves developing 

a design that effectively communicates the ideas being promoted by the Web sites, and 

focusing on the ways in which the Web sites function for optimum information delivery. The 

program will also focus on the design and development of mobile device applications. 

Students will develop abilities in aspects of Web design, computer languages, and 

multimedia skills, along with developing a professional portfolio as a formal transition 

into the workplace. Students will also learn to adapt the most up-to-date programs, 

techniques and standards in a field that is quickly and continuously changing. 


The mission of the diploma Web Design & Development Program is to prepare students to seek 

positions in their field and function as trained professionals. Students are primarily focused on 

the efficient and effective design and development of Web sites and mobile device applications 

in order to best convey the transmission and sharing of information through the Web. 


1. Demonstrate professional visual communication skills through the use 

of graphic illustrations, photography and typography 

2. Integrate composition and design in support of concept 

3. Demonstrate the ability to program and code to functional requirements of media project(s) 

4. Apply critical thinking and needs analysis to concept design and in developing media marketing 

5. Apply presentation and communication skills to produce design and business 

solutions appropriate to a particular client or target audience 


COURSE CODES 















WEB DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT 










IM2470 Interactive Motin Graphics 4 60 



PA4485 Porfolio Prep 4 60 

** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. TOTAL: 48 credits : 720 hours 

53

WEB DESIGN & 

INTERACTIVE 

COMMUNICATIONS 



The Web Design & Interactive Communications diploma program teaches students how to 

create the look, feel and functionality of World Wide Web pages for client Web sites with a 

specific emphasis on professional standards and practical deployment. This course of study 

extends foundation principles in visual communications and interactive media as related 

to dynamic delivery through multiple channels including mobile technologies. 

Students will develop abilities in computer languages, usability principles and 

information architecture in a team-oriented environment that prepares them for the 

professional world. Students will also be trained in current web technologies and in 

project management on assignments that will enhance their personal portfolio. 


The mission of the diploma in Web Design & Interactive Communications program is to prepare students 

to seek positions in their field and function as trained professionals. Students are primarily focused 

on the efficient and effective design, development and deployment of Web sites and mobile device 

applications in order to best convey the transmission and sharing of information through the Web. 


1. Demonstrate the use of appropriate visual elements and visual communication skills for interactive media. 

2. Create applications that solve specified problems through a variety of scripting techniques. 

3. Critique and evaluate appropriate design solutions. 

4. Design and develop media marketing and business plans 


COURSE CODES 

















WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE COMMUNICATIONS 

CA2431 Audio Production 4 60 




IM3411 Writing for Interactive Design 4 60 



IM3460 Intermediate Authoring 4 60 

IM4420 Dynamic Web Applications 4 60 

IM4440 Usability Evaluation 4 60 

IM4470 E-Learning Design& Applications 4 60 

IM4490 Special Topics in WDIM 4 60 


** Denotes a course that requires a “C” or higher to pass. TOTAL: 48 credits : 700 hours 

55

COURSE 

DESCRIPTIONS 

Course descriptions describe the learning 

opportunities that are provided through 

the classroom and coursework. It is each 

student’s responsibility to participate in 

the activities that will lead to successfully 

meeting the learning outcomes. 

ADVERTISING COURSES 

AD1400 - History of Advertising 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: none 

This course presents a survey of major 

events and development in the history of 

motion media and mass communication. The 

survey focuses on the relationship between 

technology and media development and 

explores the impact motion media and mass 

communication has on society and economy. 

AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking 

4 credits 


Students will learn basic skills that will support 

their learning throughout the course and 

help them create a foundation for nurturing 

creativity in their work and lives. They will 

be given the tools to help them identify and 

solve problems, formulate objectives, and 

create a plan to reach their objectives. 

AD2400 - Computer Illustration 

4 credits; **This course requires a 

“C” or higher to pass in AD. 

Prerequisites: GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design, 

and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective 

This course explores the methods and techniques 

of computer-generated or manipulated images as 

solutions to illustration projects. Object-oriented 

graphics and paint system programs are utilized. 

AD2420 - Organizational Behavior 

4 credits, **This course requires a 

“C” or higher to pass in DM. 


This course is an examination of human 

relations theory and individual, group, and 

organizational performance in relation to the 

organizational structures of contemporary 

businesses and public agencies. 

AD2430 - Fundamentals of 

Marketing and Advertising 

4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or 

higher to pass in AD and DM. 

Prerequisites: none 

This course addresses the fundamental concepts 

and principles of marketing as it relates to 

advertising, its history, potential, and limitations. 

An overview of marketing will help students 

place their knowledge in a framework and 

understand how each component contributes 

to the strength and utility of a marketing plan. 

Students will examine various definitions 

and methods of advertising communication, 

as well as advertising objectives, advertising 

copy, and federal regulations. Students will 

look at how marketing and advertising have 

changed over the years and been affected by 

world events and cultural assumptions. The 

course will also help the student recognize 

emerging trends and capitalize on them. 

AD2440 - Media and Advertising Design 



Prerequisites: AD1420 - Conceptual Thinking 

and AD2400 - Computer Illustration 

This course examines the structures and 

communications skills used by the various 

members of a creative team and further 

defines the role of graphic design in an 

advertising context. The processes of concept 

development, media application, and design 

creation are emphasized. In addition, the 

variety of media used by graphic designers and 

their suppliers will be examined. Campaign 

strategies, based on media and marketing 

realities will also be defined and applied. 

AD2460 - Branding 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals 

of Marketing and Advertising 

“Branding” became a buzz word in 1990s 

advertising, but this process has evolved 

into a powerful way to organize and utilize 

an understanding of consumer needs and 

motivations in a changing marketplace. As the 

retail environment changes, marketing people 

can rely less on the traditional tools of print and 

broadcast media. Marketing strategists need to 

learn how to create an identity for their products 

and services and how to use that identity to 

support sales. This course is an introduction to the 

essential concepts and skills of brand marketing. 

AD2490 - Dynamics of Integrated Marketing 



Prerequisite: DM2470 - Principles of Market Research 

In this course, students create an integrated 

marketing plan. Beginning with a situation 

analysis, students learn and apply the process 

of analyzing an organization’s marketing 

mix, industry and competition. Based on this 

information, students learn to identify potential 

business problems, opportunities and write 

meaningful objectives. A target audience is 

selected and studied in depth. Strategy is heavily 

emphasized, including the characteristics of a 

strong strategy and various types of strategy. 

Students will study how to translate the strategy 

to the audience using the five promotional 

tools that are advertising, sales promotion, 

direct marketing, personal selling and public 

relations. Students will apply all these principles 

during the creation of their IMC plans. 

AD3400 - Persuasion and the Consumer 

4 credits 


This course covers persuasive communication 

techniques, particularly in the area of advertising, 

and examines the cultural, social, and individual 

variables involved in consumer behavior. Areas 


covered include the fields of logic and psychology. 

Among the topics to be covered are the framing 

effect, emotional hot buttons, mass appeal, snob 

appeal, subliminal messages, and the bandwagon 

effect. Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, emotional 

reactions and how to achieve them, and the various 

types of media that could be used to achieve the 

appropriate desired response are also covered. 

AD3420 - Copywriting 



Prerequisites: AD3400 - Persuasion and the Consumer 

This course addresses the need to communicate 

in writing on the job. A variety of materials 

must be written for a business: memos, letters, 

news summaries, proposals, presentations, and 

copy for advertising or marketing. Students will 

learn to identify the requirements of different 

types of writing and to prepare material to 

communicate clearly and effectively. 

AD3440 - Advertising Campaign 



Prerequisites: AD2490 - Dynamics of Integrated Marketing 

and AD3420 - Copywriting and AD3450 - Art Direction 

Students create an integrated marketing 

campaign consisting of three or more different 

applications of a single, unified theme or 

concept. Campaign strategy and tactics are 

based on media and marketing realities. 

AD3450 - Art Direction 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1431 - Design Layout 

This course is an introduction to the principles 

of concept and problem solving for print 

photography and broadcast media as they relate 

to the function of the art director. Also studied 

is the interaction of the creative, marketing and 

production functions in the promotion of ideas. 

AD4400 – Advanced Copywriting 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AD3420 - Copywriting 

In this course, students learn to develop effective 

advertising strategies and copy executions that 

underlie and enable creative marketing and 

advertising campaigns, and to cultivate clear, 

logical and creative copywriting skills. Students 

will also learn the unique characteristics of digital 

media and the creation of scripts for digital 

media production. Students will also learn to 

conduct research for media writing projects. 

AD4410 - Public Relations & Promotion 

4 credits 


This course examines the historical development of 

public relations, showing the principles, methods, 

and means of influencing public opinion. 

AD4420 - Sales 

4 credits 


An understanding of the sales process and the 

steps to sell a product or service is essential to 

a student who works in any area of business. 

Selling is an essential skill for the sales function 

of a business, but is also part of the job for many 

other employees. This course focuses on the 

essential skills and knowledge one needs to affect 

a sale, as well as the ways that the sales pitch 

can be focused to solve customer problems. 

AD4440 - Advanced Advertising Campaign 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AD3440 - Advertising Campaign 

Students research and develop a fully integrated 

advertising/promotional campaign for a brand 

with international distribution. Value is placed 

on the importance of deadline, budget, client 

relationship, presentation and its relationship to 

the design process. The student’s senior project 

documents, supports and argues the rationale 

and effectiveness of the campaign in written form. 

Students prepare, present and defend a graduate 

project suitable for a professional audience. 

AD4450 - Media Planning and Buying 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AD2430 - Fundamentals 

of Marketing and Advertising 

Media as part of a delivery channel for a 

marketing message will be the focus of this 

course. Topics include media as critical to the 

fulfillment of the overall marketing strategy, cost 

effectiveness, and alternative and new media. 

AD4460 - Global Business Perspectives 

4 credits 


This course offers an analysis of world markets, 

consumer behaviors, advertising, foreign 

environments, and the marketing management 

required to meet the demands of dynamic global 

markets. The problems of foreign competition, 

diminishing US market share and the US economy’s 

interdependence of world markets will be the 

focus of this course. In addition, different foreign 

market entry strategies will be analyzed. 

AD4480 - Capstone 



Prerequisite: Approval of Academic Director 

In this course, students will demonstrate 

knowledge across the curriculum by creating 

sample projects that cover marketing, media, 

sales, and creative coursework completed 

over all previous quarters. The capstone 

project simulates the advertising agency 

work environment, requiring teamwork 

as well as individual contributions. 

AUDIO PRODUCTION COURSES 

AP1400 - Survey of the Music Industry 

4 credits 


Students explore the music industry and its 

constituent sectors, including music performing, 

recording, promoting, and record distribution. 

Lectures and projects focus on identifying various 

career opportunities and typical career paths in 

the music industry and knowledge and skill sets 

needed to succeed as an entry level professional. 

AP1410 - Audio Technology I 

4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass in AP. 

Prerequisites: none 

This course examines the principles of audio 

signals and the equipment used to record, 

process, and distribute audio content. Students 

will begin to develop an understanding of signal 

flow of audio systems using block diagrams. A 

survey of audio transmission, manipulation, and 

delivery systems including cables, connectors, 

basic stereo mixers, microphones, amplifiers, 

and loudspeakers will be presented. 

AP1420 - Digital Audio I 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP1400 - Survey of the Music Industry 

This course introduces students to the theories, 

practices, and tools used in digital audio 

production and techniques of non-linear digital 

audio editing, focusing on the fundamental 

theories and concepts behind various types of 

digital audio tools. Through lectures and in class 

projects, students develop knowledge and skills 

needed to operate non-linear audio workstations. 

AP1430 - Music Theory I 

4 credits 


This course introduces students to the rudiments 

of music theory. Students learn to identify notes 

and common scales as well as the notation of 

notes, scales and simple rhythms. The concept 

and structure of the lead sheet will be introduced. 

An ear-training component will develop the 

students’ skill in identifying and transcribing 

simple chords, melodies, and rhythms. 

AP1440 - Audio Technology II 


Prerequisites: AP1410 - Audio Technology I 

In this course students continue to study the 

principles of audio signals and the equipment 

used to record, process, and distribute audio 

content. Sound in acoustical form is discussed in 

relation to studio acoustics. Students expand their 

understanding of signal flow of advanced audio 

systems by creating and reading complex block 

diagrams. Some of the topics studied in depth 

are: signal processors, dynamic range, distortion, 

analogue recording, and SMPTE time code. 

AP1450 - Music Theory II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP1430 - Music Theory I 

This course continues with the development of 

the rudiments of music theory and expands into 

an introduction to harmony, voice leading, modes 

and compound time signatures. Students will 

learn to create simple lead sheets. An ear-training 

component will extend the work from Music Theory 

I to include more complex chords and intervals. 

AP1460 - Digital Audio II 

4 credits 


Prerequisite: AP1420 - Digital Audio I 

Students learn the concepts and production 

techniques used with Pro Tools integrated 

into a digital audio workstation. Topics include 

computer based digital audio workstations, 

sound design, field recording, digital audio 

transfer protocols, software-based effects 

plug-ins, and online automation. 

AP2400 - Audio Recording I 


Prerequisite: AP1410 - Audio Technology I 

This course runs in conjunction with Audio 

Technology II. The theoretical foundations 

presented in Audio Technology II are reinforced 

in this course through practical, hands-on 

applications. Students learn the operational 

techniques of basic audio systems with an 

emphasis on mixdown of prerecorded multitrack 

tapes and eight-track recording projects. 

57

AP2410 - Listening and Analysis 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP1450 Music Theory II 

This course introduces the student to ear-training 

and critical listening from the perspective 

of the audio engineer and contemporary 

production techniques. The student will 

learn to aurally analyze and identify typical 

contemporary popular song forms and the 

production techniques used to create them. 

AP2420 - Acoustics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP1440 - Audio Technology II 

and GE2412 - College Mathematics 

This course examines the physical behavior 

of sound indoors and outdoors. Topics 

include human hearing and the principles 

of psychoacoustics, sound propagation, 

transmission, reflection, diffraction, diffusion, 

noise reduction, basic studio and room 

acoustics, and sound isolation. Concepts will be 

presented through lectures and case studies. 

AP2440 - Audio Recording II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP2400 - Audio Recording I 

Students expand and develop the skills 

learned in Fundamentals of Audio Production 

through multi-track recording projects. The 

course focuses on recording techniques used 

in music production. Emphasis is placed on 

signal flow for basic tracks, mixdown, and 

overdubs. Other topics include close and 

distant microphone techniques, recording 

session management, analog tape recorders, 

studio documentation, signal processing, 

and moving fader automation systems. 

AP2450 - Electronics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP2420 - Acoustics 

This course introduces students to the 

fundamental concepts of electronics as 

they relate to audio production. Topics 

include Ohm’s Law, AC and DC circuits, basic 

troubleshooting for audio equipment, AC 

line voltage and filtered DC voltage, etc. 

AP2460 - MIDI Systems I 


“C” or higher to pass in AP. 

Prerequisite: AP1450 - Music Theory II 

and AP1460 - Digital Audio II 

This course allows students to develop a working 

theoretical and skills-based knowledge of the 

multi-timbral synthesizer and the sequencing 

environment within the context of the 

contemporary MIDI production studio. Both 

live and studio applications are covered, and 

full use is made of the digital signal processing 

resources available within the equipment. 

AP3400 - MIDI Systems II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP2460 - MIDI Systems I 

In MIDI Systems II students develop a detailed 

knowledge of the MIDI language and learn 

to apply more flexible and in-depth uses of 

sequencers involving graphical and list based 

editing, static and dynamic parameter and tempo 

automation, and the basic recording of MIDI 

messages. Students gain greater proficiency 

in MIDI production processes through small 

group and individual production projects. 

AP3410 - Advanced Recording Techniques I 

4 credits; **This course requires a “C” or higher to pass. 

Prerequisite: AP2440 - Audio Recording II 

This course covers the techniques and 

technology typical to professional music 

recording and mixing using advanced large 

format consoles. Topics include: studio 

procedures and professionalism, SSL Console 

operation, advanced signal flow, signal 

processing, analytical BS – Audio Production 

and critical listening skills, close, distant and 

stereo mic techniques for a variety of musical 

instruments, and basic mixdown strategies. 

AP3420 - Live Sound Reinforcement I 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP2440 - Audio Recording 

II and AP2450 - Electronics 

In this course students learn to set up and 

operate various audio equipment for a typical 

live sound reinforcement. Topics include 

reading block diagrams of audio systems, wiring 

speakers, connecting powers, testing and 

adjusting microphones, troubleshooting sound 

systems, and fine-tune reinforcement effects. 

AP3430 - Live Sound Reinforcement II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP3420 Live Sound Reinforcement I 

This course presents students more sophisticated 

and complex situations for live sound 

reinforcement. Through studio settings or real 

world events, students learn to operate large 

format analogue and digital mixing consoles 

and solve signal manipulation problems with 

transformers. Students also learn professional 

protocols in live sound reinforcement settings. 

AP3440 - Synthesis & Sound Design I 

4 credits, **This course requires 

a “C” or higher to pass in AP. 

Prerequisite: AP3400 - MIDI Systems II 

This course develops advanced skills using 

synthesizers and samplers. Students study the 

elements of sound and how they apply to simple 

and complex waveforms, envelopes, LFOs, 

filters and keyboard architecture. Theory and 

practice with sampling and subtractive synthesis 

using software and hardware sound sources. 

AP3450 - Advanced Recording Techniques II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP3410 - Advanced Recording Technique I 

This course provides the student a greater 

understanding of SSL consoles and VCA 

automation systems. Students use SMPTE 

Time Code for synchronization to a variety of 

multitrack formats, use digital audio sampling 

for sound replacement, and integrate Pro 

Tools and MIDI sequencers into the analog 

studio mixing environment. Critical listening 

skills and critical analysis of master tapes are 

emphasized. Students participate in in-class 

recording sessions and engineer recording 

projects during and out of class hours, 

which may be included in their portfolio. 

AP3460 - Synthesis & Sound Design II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP3440 - Synthesis & Sound Design I 

This course will survey both commercially 

available synthesis methods and recent 

developments at audio research institutes. 

Students will also survey the current market 

for hardware and software implementation 

of various synthesis methods. Analytical 

listening sessions will expose students 

to synthesis methods in various musical 

contexts. Detailed study of subtractive, FM, 

physical modeling and granular synthesis will 

culminate in original sound design projects. 

AP4400 - Senior Project I 



Prerequisite: AP3450 - Advanced 

Recording Techniques II This course initiates a 

two quarter long comprehensive project which 

will be integral to students’ final portfolios. 

Students will employ their cumulative skills 

to pre-produce a significant, sophisticated, 

multi-track digital audio work. Committee and/ 

or faculty will approve the project content and 

type of the audio work. Projects will be carried 

out individually or in groups based on the needs 

of the class as determined by the instructor. 

AP4410 - Entertainment 

Marketing & Management 

4 credits 


Students explore the various aspects and 

business practices of the entertainment 

marketing and management field. Students 

will create a business and promotional plan 

and are introduced to concepts such as 

licensing, copyright exploitation, publishing 

and other promotional vehicles. The course 

also increases the students understanding of 

strategic analysis of the entertainment industry. 

AP4420 - Senior Project II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP4400 - Senior Project I 

This course continues the two-quarter long 

comprehensive project begun in Senior Project 

I. Students will employ cumulative skills to 

produce a significant, sophisticated, multi-track 

digital audio work. Projects will be carried out 

individually or in groups based on the needs 


AP4430 - Portfolio Preparation 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: AP4400 - Senior Project I 

In this first portfolio course, students will 

assess personal strengths to establish a 

career goal and decide how to organize 

their audio production work in a graduation 

portfolio. Guided by a faculty member or a 

team of faculty, each student assembles a 

preliminary portfolio and identifies areas for 

more work and/or content enhancement. 

AP4440 - Portfolio 



Prerequisite: AP4430 - Portfolio Preparation 

and Academic Director Approval 

Built on the preliminary collection of work 

from Portfolio Preparation, this course allows 

each student to determine and design the 

final organization and presentation of the 

graduation portfolio. Each student is expected 

to verbally present the portfolio and address 

audience questions as a format of defense. 


CULINARY ARTS COURSES 

CU1210 - Concepts and Theories 

of Culinary Techniques 


higher to pass in all CUL and BP. 


The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques 

involved in basic cookery are covered in this 

course. Special emphasis is given to the study 

of ingredients and cooking theories. Lectures 

teach organization skills in the kitchen and 

work coordination. The basics of stocks, soups, 

sauces, vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat, 

and poultry are covered. Emphasis is given to 

basic cooking techniques such as sautéing, 

roasting, poaching, braising and frying. 

CU1443 - Artisan Breads and 

Baking Production 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: CU1642 - Introduction to 

Baking and Pastry Techniques 

This course provides the information, tools and 

instruction to gain proficiency in the preparation 

of a variety of artisan breads. Emphasis will be 

placed upon learning to mix, ferment, shape, 

bake and store hand crafted breads. Students will 

focus on traditional fermentation, as well as the 

science of the ingredients. Students learn assembly 

speed and increase their proficiency in meeting 

production deadlines with quality products. 

CU1444 - European Cakes and Tortes 

4 credits 



Students will build on competencies previously 

learned and apply those skills into new products 

to create more elaborate tortes and cakes 

using complex finishing methods by applying 

glazes, using decorative sponges, and building 

multi-component cakes. Topics to be covered 

include comparison of classical and modern 

preparations, classical cakes; glazed, iced, 

molded, and cream filled cakes, and bombes. 

CU1445 - Chocolate, Confections 

and Centerpieces 

4 credits 



Students are introduced to the fundamental 

concepts, skills and techniques of chocolates 

and confections. Students are introduced to 

the basic techniques used in forming simple 

centerpieces. Lectures and demonstrations teach 

chocolate tempering, candy production and the 

rules that apply when creating centerpieces 

CU1446 - Advanced Patisserie 

and Display Cakes 

4 credits 



This course explores the techniques of plated 

desserts and the theory behind building 

edible art for A la Carte service, competition or 

banquet functions. Methods and procedures 

for producing high quality specialty decorated 

cakes, as well as the design, assembly, and 

decorating of wedding cakes will be introduced. 

CU1610 - Fundamentals of 

Classical Techniques 


higher to pass in all CUL and BP. 


The fundamental concepts, skills, and techniques 

involved in basic cookery are covered in 

this course. Special emphasis is given to the 

study of ingredients, cooking theories, and 

the preparation of stocks, broths, glazes, and 

soups, thickening agents, the grand sauces, and 

emulsion sauces. Lectures and demonstrations 

teach organization skills in the kitchen, work 

coordination, and knife skills. The basics of 

vegetable cookery, starch cookery, meat, and 

poultry are covered. Emphasis is given to basic 

cooking techniques such as sauteing, roasting, 

poaching, braising and frying. Students must 

successfully pass a practical cooking examination 

covering a variety of cooking techniques. 

CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine 

6 credits 

Prerequisite: CU1210 - Concepts & Theories 

of Culinary Techniques and CU1610 - 

Fundamentals of Classical Techniques 

The course reinforces the knowledge and skill 

learned in the preceding classes and helps students 

build confidence in the techniques of basic cookery. 

The development of knife skills is accented. 

American Regional Cuisine explores the use of 

indigenous ingredients in the preparation of traditional 

and contemporary American specialties. The 

concepts of mise en place, time-lines, plate presentation, 

and teamwork in a production setting are 

introduced and accentuated. Timing and organization 

skills are emphasized. 

CU1642 - Introduction to Baking 

and Pastry Techniques 


higher to pass for all BP students. 


This course is a combination of theory, lecture, 

demonstration, and hands-on production to 

provide an introduction to baking and pastry 

techniques for use in a commercial kitchen. 

Special focus is placed on the study of ingredient 

functions, product identification, and weights 

and measures as applied to baking and pastry 

techniques. Instruction is provided on the 

preparation of yeast-raised dough mixing methods, 

roll-in doughs, pie doughs, basic cake mixing 

methods, fillings, icings, pastry cream, and finishing 

techniques. Students must pass a practical exam. 

CU2240 - Asian Cuisine 

2 credits 

Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Regional Cuisine 

This course emphasizes both the influences 

and ingredients that create the unique 

character of selected Asian cuisines. Students 

prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, 

regional dishes of the cuisines of India, 

the four regions of China, Japan, Vietnam, 

Thailand, and Indonesia. Importance will 

be placed on ingredients, flavor 

profiles, preparations, and techniques 

representative of these cuisines. 

CU2252 - Latin Cuisine 

2 credits 


This course emphasizes both the influences and 

ingredients that create the unique character 

of selected Latin cuisines. Students prepare, 

taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional 

dishes of Mexico, South America and the 

Caribbean Islands. Importance will be placed 

on ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and 

techniques representative of these cuisines. 

CU2272 - World Cuisine 

2 credits 



ingredients that create the unique character 

of selected World cuisines. Students prepare, 

taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, regional 

dishes of Spain, Middle East, Turkey, Greece, 

Africa and India. Importance will be placed on 

ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and 


CU2273 - Classical European Cuisine 

2 credits 



ingredients that create the unique character of 

selected Classical European Cuisines. Students 

prepare, taste, serve, and evaluate traditional, 

regional dishes of British Isles, Italy, France, and 

Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and Scandinavian 

countries. Importance will be placed on 

ingredients, flavor profiles, preparations, and 


CU2408 - Management, Supervision 

& Career Development 

4 credits 


This is a multifaceted course that focuses on 

managing people from the hospitality supervisor’s 

viewpoint, and developing job search skills. The 

management emphasis is on techniques for 

increasing productivity, controlling labor costs, 

time management, and managing change. It also 

stresses effective communication and explains 

the responsibilities of a supervisor in the food 

service industry. Students develop techniques 

and strategies for marketing themselves in their 

chosen fields. Emphasis will be placed on students 

assessing their marketable skills, developing 

a network of contacts, generating interviews, 

writing a cover letter and resume, preparing 

for their employment interview, presenting a 

professional appearance, and interview follow-up. 

CU2409 - Management By Menu 

4 credits 


This course prepares future food service managers 

by giving a clear picture of the important role menu 

planning plays within operations. It covers topics 

ranging from menu development, pricing, and 

evaluation to facilities design and layout. Students 

will benefit because good menu development is 

crucial to the success of any foodservice operation. 

For example: a planning tool, source of operational 

information and as a merchandising method for 

reaching patrons. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

CU2410 - Sustainable Purchasing 

& Controlling Costs 

4 credits 


This course introduces the student to the 

methodologies and tools used to control costs and 

purchase supplies. This course helps the student 

value the purchasing, planning, and control 

processes in the food and beverage industry. 

Primary focus is on supplier selection, planning, 

and controlling costs, with an introduction to the 

study of sustainable products and approaches. 

Topics include planning and controlling costs 

using budgeting techniques, standard costing, 

standardized recipes, performance measurements, 

59

and food, beverage, and labor cost controls. 

CU2451 - Food and Beverage 

Operations Management 

4 credits **This course requires a 

“C” or higher to pass in HM. 


This course addresses front-of-the-house 

operations and is designed to provide students 

with an introduction from a managerial 

perspective of providing exceptional service to 

increasingly sophisticated and demanding guests. 

Survey of the world’s leading wines classified by 

type, as well as other distilled beverages. Topics 

covered include the management and training 

of personnel to be responsible, professional 

alcohol servers, product knowledge, the income 

statement, job descriptions, sales forecasting 

and cost control. The students will produce a 

complete dining room and bar operation manual. 

This project should be saved on diskette or 

jump drive, as it will be used during Capstone 

or the development of a business plan. 

CU2650 - Garde Manger 

6 credits 

Prerequisite: CU1620 - American Cuisine 

This course provides students with skills and 

knowledge of the organization, equipment, 

and responsibilities of the “cold kitchen”. 

Students are introduced to and prepare cold 

hors d’oeuvres, sandwiches, salads, as well as 

basic charcuterie items while focusing on the 

total utilization of product. Reception foods and 

buffet arrangements are introduced. Students 

must pass a written and practical exam. 

CU2861 - Ala Carte Kitchen 


higher to pass in all CU majors. 


Introduces students to the A La Carte kitchen, 

emphasis is on “a la minute” method of food 

preparation, plus dining room service standards. 

Industry terminology, correct application of 

culinary skills, plate presentation, organization 

and timing in producing items off both a fixedprice 

menu and a la carte menu are stressed. 

The principles of dining room service are 

practiced and emphasized. The philosophy of 

food is further explored and examined in light 

of today’s understanding of food, nutrition and 

presentation. Prior work experience or field 

study experience requires supervised, verifiable 

experience in the culinary field with a minimum 

of 90 work hours in food production. Students are 

responsible for securing the field experience site 

and may seek assistance through The Institute. 

Field Experience is a semi-structured and 

supervised situation in which students receive 

basic training and directed work experience 

in selected entry-level positions consistent 

with career preference. Emphasis is on job 

competence, performance, and professionalism 

and work relations. Documentation must 

be completed during the course. 

CU3423 - Catering and Event Management 

4 credits 


This course introduces the meeting planner, 

catering, and banquet manager perspectives 

in to the various market segments within the 

special event industry. It includes contracts, 

checklists, target markets, and closing the sale. 

CU3444 - Art Culinaire 

4 credits 


This course will celebrate the culinary styles, 

restaurants, restaurateur and chefs who are in the 

current industry spotlight. Their style, substance 

and quality will be discussed and examined. 

During the hands–on production aspect of the 

class, students will have the opportunity to be 

exposed to specialty produce and products. 

CU3455 - Human Resource Management 

4 credits 


This course introduces the principles and 

practices of human resource management 

relevant to hospitality organizations, with 

emphasis on entry-level manager’s role. 

Topics covered will include employment 

laws, workforce management, compensation 

and benefits administration, labor unions, 

employee safety, diversity, and ethics. 

CU3480 - Quality Service 

Management and Training 

4 credits 


This class will examine the role of service in 

the food service industry and explore how to 

give quality customer service. Service systems 

and training programs in quality operations will 

be examined through the use of case studies 

and hypothetical scenarios. The course will cover 

employee training and development from both 

a strategic and operational perspective. The 

class will culminate by examining Charlie 

Trotter’s service standards in what is often the 

best-rated restaurant in the United States. 

CU3481 - Foodservice Technology 

4 credits 


This course is a survey course in foodservice 

information systems and technology (IS&T) 

designed to introduce students to the many 

diverse facets of IS&T in the foodservice 

industry. Current systems and issues of major 

importance in the field of IS&T are explored 

as they relate to the foodservice industry. 

Emphasis will be placed on the managerial 

and business aspects of IS&T, rather then the 

technical perspectives. Core topics will include 

key foodservice systems (e.g., accounting and 

property management systems, point-of-sale, 

sales and catering, etc.), guest service and 

customer relationship management (CRM), 

knowledge management, and IS&T strategy. 

CU3490 - Leadership and 

Organizational Development 

4 credits 


Students examine leadership, organizational 

management and culture, focuses on the role 

of the managers as facilitators of change within 

the organizations. The course emphasizes 

the concepts of motivation, interpersonal 

relationships, group dynamics, leadership, 

and organization culture. Examination of 

leadership styles, development of strategic 

plans, and critical problem solving in the 

hospitality industry are covered in the course. 

CU4410 - Foodservice 

Financial Management 


“C” or higher to pass in CM. 


In this course, the students develop a working 

knowledge of the current theories, issues and 

challenges involved with Foodservice Industry 

financial management. Students are introduced 

to the tools and skills that Foodservice Operators 

use in effective decision making. Topics include 

key financial statements, budgeting, cash 

management, cost concepts and behavior, 

investment analysis, and financial forecasting. 

CU4412 - Exploring Wines 

and The Culinary Arts 

4 credits 


This course provides an introduction to the 

production of wine from vineyard to bottle, 

as well as a review of the basic grape varietals 

that are used to make wine. Through lectures, 

research and tasting, students are exposed 

to different types, styles, and quality levels of 

wine. Students will become familiar with the 

world’s most important wine regions and learn 

common criteria by which wines from these 

different regions are evaluated. This course is 

designed to teach students the applied approach 

to matching wine and food, using flavors 

textures and components present in food and 

wine as complementing strategies. The course 

emphasizes menu planning, preparation of foods, 

cooking methods, and tasting wines with food. 

CU4420 - Facilities Management and Design 

4 credits 


This course provides students with information 

related to hospitality facility design and 

maintenance. Food service layout and design 

is related to operating issues, new building 

construction, and renovations. Planning and 

design of facilities including equipment, 

space and functional relationships, cost 

and operating efficiencies are emphasized. 

Maintenance programs, safety regulations, 

building code requirements and energy 

conservation are also explored. 

CU4421 - Culinary Senior Practicum 

4 credits 


This course is intended to be a practical capstone 

for the culinary management curriculum. It will 

draw on the majority of disciplines presented 

earlier in the program. In this class students 

will plan, organize, and execute functions 

that will be booked and/or sold to the public. 

Students in effect, will experience the necessary 

functions of opening their own restaurant. 

CU4430 - Global Management and 

Operations in the Hospitality Industry 

4 credits 


This course provides students with an 

introduction to the dimensions and nature 

of the international hospitality industry. 

It is designed to review the principles of 

management and to apply management theory 

to the global marketplace. Students examine 

the social, cultural, political, and economic 

environments within which international 

hospitality operators compete for survival and 

growth. Topics emphasizes include cultural 

dimensions of management, international 

management strategy, international marketing, 

and international human resource management. 


CU4492 - Innovation and Entrepreneurship 

4 credits 


This course provides an introductory overview 

to the knowledge and skills needed for 

entrepreneurship. The course offers a chance 

to gain new knowledge and skills about how to 

identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities 

that can be applied to a student’s own interests. 

Topics include: how entrepreneurs find, screen, and 

evaluate ideas and new business opportunities. 

Creativity: Imagination, ingenuity; The ability to 

create; The act of relating previously unrelated 

things; The application of a person’s mental 

ability and curiosity to discover something new. 

Innovation: The introduction of something 

new; The development of new processes, 

methods, devices, products, and services 

for use by oneself and/or others. 

Entrepreneurship: The pursuit of opportunity 

without regard to resources currently 

controlled; The process of creating value by 

combining resources in unique ways to exploit 

opportunity. Involves taking responsibility 

for implementing innovative concepts. 

DESIGN MANAGEMENT COURSES 

DM1420 - Introduction to 

Design Management 

4 credits 


Management: An overview of the field of design 

management introducing the student to how 

design is managed within organizations to further 

business objectives. Covered topics include 

managing creativity and the value of branding. 

This course has been developed to introduce 

you to the business side of design. Outside of the 

creative realm of conceptualizing and developing 

creative materials, there is the reality of running 

a business that has a creative output: whether 

your business or someone else’s. During this 

eleven-week course, you will learn the basics of 

how to position, package, project manage, and 

make money in a creative business. Practical 

skills of designing a business plan, composing 

a creative brief, thinking strategically, setting 

goals and creating a project timeline, as well 

as presenting your ideas with confidence and 

aplomb will be delivered through the mechanism 

of creating your own design brand and company. 

DM2400 - Technology and Productivity 

4 credits 


Students will learn how businesses use 

technology to help achieve their objectives. 

Also, students will become familiar with 

current business productivity software and 

its application to design in business today. 

DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business 


“C” or higher to pass in FRM. 


This course is designed to examine entrepreneurial 

enterprises as a means of self-employment. 

The course provides a detailed view of the 

concepts, practices, strategies, legalities, and 

decisions involved in successfully establishing 

and operating one’s own business. The basic 

structure of this course will guide the student 

in developing a strong working knowledge of 

creating business credit and banking relations. 

DM2430 - Principles of 

Managerial Accounting 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE2412 - College Mathematics 

This course is an introduction to the basic 

principles of accounting. Topics include the 

accounting cycle, general and special journals, 

subsidiary ledgers, end-of-period operations, 

worksheets, entries, financial terminology and 

statements. 

DM2470 - Principles of Market Research 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: AD2430 - Fundamentals of Marketing 

and Advertising and GE2412 - College Mathematics 

Students will expand their understanding 

of and ability to analyze market research by 

identifying management challenges and 

converting them into research objectives, 

exploring research techniques and methods to 

collect information, and interpreting research 

findings in order to make business decisions. 

DM2480 - Business Statistics for Design 




This course is a study of the statistical tools a 

design manager uses in the world of business. 

Methods of characterizing data are studied 

with emphasis given to proper data display. 

Permutations, combinations and probability 

are used to analyze normally distributed data. 

After an introduction to experimental design, 

methods for testing the significance of differences 

are examined. Correlation and regression 

analysis are used to detect linear trends. 

DM2490 - Project Management 




Through this course, students are introduced to 

the fundamentals of business. The course provides 

students with a foundation in macroeconomics, 

labor relations, time management, human 

resources management, and basic marketing 

principles. The course combines this business 

foundation with a focus on the multimedia 

project management process. Students work 

as teams to successfully achieve multimedia 

project goals. The process examines the main 

elements required in every proposal/plan, time 

frame, and budget. Key areas of multimedia 

project teams serve to support the fundamental 

approach that every project team is tailored to 

achieve project results efficiently and effectively. 

DM3400 - Financial Issues in Design 



Prerequisite: DM2430 - Principles 

of Managerial Accounting 

This course is a survey of financial issues that a 

design manager can expect to encounter. Financial 

media are used to study money, banking and the 

Federal Reserve; the stock, bond and commodities 

markets; and derivatives such as futures contracts 

and options. This course focuses on economics 

(specifically macroeconomics) and goes hand-inhand 

with the accounting course, which focuses 

on the individual business profit and loss sheet. 

DM3460 - Business Communications 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE1410 - English I 

This course focuses on written and oral 

communication skills as used in a business 

setting. Written projects emphasize publicity in 

newspapers, trade, and consumer publications. 

Oral skills will be developed through speeches 

and group projects such as radio commercials. 

DM3480 - Managing Creativity 

and Innovation 




In this course, students will examine the 

underlying theoretical foundations of creativity 

and innovation. New and innovative approaches 

to business problem solving will help students see 

ways to improve their skills and the skills of the 

people and organizations that they will manage. 

DM4410 - Design Management Seminar 

4 credits 


This seminar course prepares students for 

entering the field of design management by 

gaining knowledge of current thinking and 

pratices through the examination of case 

studies and the development of scenarios. 

DM4450 - Business Plan 



Prerequisite: DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business 

In this course students will learn how to develop 

a comprehensive business plan. The business 

plan will include items such as the following: the 

marketing plan, the financial plan, the human 

resources plan, the store design (if appropriate), 

and the merchandising plan (if appropriate). 

DM4480 - Capstone 




In this course, students will demonstrate 

knowledge across the curriculum by creating 

sample projects that cover the cumulative 

coursework completed over all previous 

quarters. The capstone project simulates 

the work environment, requiring teamwork 

as well as individual contributions. 

DM4486 - Internship 

4 credits 


Through a field internship experience, students 

will be able to apply acquired subject matter 

and career/professional skills in a real and 

practical situation. The main objectives of the 

internship are to allow students the opportunity 

to observe and participate in the operation of 

successful business related to their fields of 

study. Students will gain the experience they 

need to enter the field when they graduate. 

DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO 

PRODUCTION COURSES 

DF1400 - Survey of Digital Filmmaking 

and Video Production 

4 credits 


This course will present a survey of the digital 

filmmaking & video production industries. It will 

focus on entry-level jobs and career paths, as well 

as the responsibilities and skills necessary for 

61

success. Students will also explore media’s impact 

on society and gain an overview of the program. 

DF1410 - Principles of Preproduction 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: CA2430 - Introduction to Video 

This course focuses on preproduction techniques 

of storyboarding, staging and shot organization 

to design scenes and effectively translate them 

using appropriate filmmaking techniques. 

Contents to be covered include purposes 

and formats of storyboards as well as basic 

terminology and concepts used in storyboarding, 

staging and designing coverage for a scene. 

DF1440 - Lighting 

4 credits 


In this course, students will be introduced to 

the basic concepts and principles of lighting 

for video. Fundamentals of recognizing and 

controlling both natural and studio lighting 

with emphasis on the quality, quantity, and 

direction and its effect on the image. 

DF2400 - Fundamentals of Cinematography 


“C” or higher to pass in DF. 

Prerequisite: DF1410 - Principles of 

Preproduction and DF1440 - Lighting 

This course explores the various camera and 

lighting techniques used in digital filmmaking 

and video production. Discussions will cover 

the general concepts and principles of camera 

moves and lighting techniques. Focus will 

be placed on applying lighting techniques 

to create the desired visual effects. 

DF2410 - Fundamentals of 

Producing & Directing 

4 credits 


It is an art in itself to organize and direct 

digital filmmaking and video production. This 

course focuses on the production processes 

and performances from the perspectives of 

a producer and director and develops the 

student’s talent for this unique form of art. 

DF2420 - Studio Production 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF1440 - Lighting and DF2400 

- Fundamentals of Cinematography 

This course focuses on broadcast studio 

operation, live production, studio management, 

lighting, crew, and sound. Students will 

also explore the theoretical basis of the 

electronics behind the equipment needed 

for studio production. Students will produce 

their own studio multi-camera program. 

DF2430 - Electronic Field Production 



Prerequisite: DF2420 - Studio Production 

Students are immersed in the process of 

professional video field production in two 

styles: ENG (Electronic News Gathering) and EFP 

(Electronic Field Production). News encompasses 

on-the-spot coverage and storytelling in a 

spur-of-the-moment reporting format. The class 

will also examine EFP, single-camera location 

shooting as expressed in documentaries, 

corporate projects, or commercials. 

DF2440 - History of Motion Media 

and Mass Communication 

4 credits 


This course presents a survey of major 

events and development in the history of 

motion media and mass communication. The 

survey focuses on the relationship between 

technology and media development and 

explores the impact motion media and mass 

communication has on society and economy. 

DF3400 - Media Theory and Criticism 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF2440 - History of Motion 

Media and Mass Communications 

In this course, students explore the different 

theories and approaches to media and 

their impact on society and culture so as 

to inform and enrich their own work. 

DF3410 - Acting and Directing 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF2410 - Fundamentals 

of Producing and Directing 

This course exposes students to the role 

and responsibilities of a director in helping 

actors bring their characters to life. Acting 

fundamentals will be studied through classroom 

exercises, assignments, observations and 

critiques. In addition, this course helps students 

understand the process of reading a script, 

conceiving a vision and communicating it to 

cast members to enhance performance. 

DF3420 - Sound Design 

4 credits 


This course explores the various methods and 

techniques for digital sound composition and 

design. Students will focus on using digital 

sound systems and manipulating sound 

elements for intended effects in media content. 

DF3430 - Short Media Production 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF3410 - Acting and Directing 

This course discusses short form as a genre of 

media production and its features in subject 

matter and style. Students learn to produce 

short-form news, information, and dramatic 

content for multiple delivery platforms. 

DF3440 - Senior Project Preparation 



Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Production 

This course initiates a three quarter long 

comprehensive project which will be integral 

to students’ final portfolios. Students will 

employ their cumulative skills to pre-produce 

a significant, sophisticated, digital film in a 

chosen genre. Committee and/or faculty will 

approve the project content and genre of 

the digital film. Projects will be carried out 

individually or in groups based on the needs 


DF3450 - Media Production Workshop 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Production 

Working in production teams, students in this 

workshop class will deal with real clients, typically 

representatives of non-profit organizations. 

Guided by a faculty, students interview the 

client to determine expectations and work 

in a team to design and produce the media 

content for an intended delivery system. 

DF3460 - Audio Post Production 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF3420 - Sound Design 

This post-production audio class requires 

students to bring together appropriate sonic 

elements for a final production. This will include 

foley, automatic dialogue replacement, editing of 

music and sound sweetening. Once all the sound 

is locked, the student will mix down to a final 

audio format, which can then be incorporated 

with picture into an industry standard format. 

DF4400 - Senior Project Production 



Prerequisite: DF3440 - Senior Project Preparation 

This course continues the three-quarter long 

comprehensive project begun in Senior Project 

Preparation. Students will employ cumulative 

skills to produce a significant, sophisticated, 

digital film in a chosen genre. Projects will be 

carried out individually or in groups based on the 

needs of the class as determined by the instructor. 

DF4410 - Multi-Camera Production 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF3450 - Media Production Workshop 

Synchronizing multiple cameras and 

equipment, students work in teams to execute 

a production, typically of a live performance 

or function. Emphasis is placed on operating 

multiple equipment simultaneously 

and working as a production team. 

DF4420 - Media Delivery 

Systems and Distribution 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF3430 - Short Media Preproduction 

This course addresses the end part of 

digital filmmaking and video productiondelivery 

and distribution. Students will 

study a variety of delivery methods and 

systems and determine the advantages and 

limitations of each. They will also examine the 

realtionship between delivery systems and 

distribution methods and evaluate the relative 

efficieny, cost, and effectiveness of each. 

DF4430 - Senior Project Post-Production 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF4400 - Senior Project Preproduction 

This course concludes the three-quarter 

long comprehensive project begun in Senior 

Project Preparation and created in Senior 

Project Production. Students will employ 

cumulative skills to post-produce a significant, 

sophisticated digital film in a chosen genre. 

DF4440 - Senior Portfolio and Defense 



Prerequisite: DF4430 - Senior Project Post-Production 

This course allows each student to determine and 

design the final organization and presentation of 

the graduation portfolio. Each student is expected 

to verbally present the portfolio and address 

audience questions as a format of defense. 

DF4450 - Internship 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: DF3450 - Media Production 

Workshop and Approval of Academic Director 



will be able to apply their skills in a real and 




successful businesses related to their fields of 


need to enter the field upon graduation. 

FASHION & RETAIL 

MANAGEMENT COURSES 

FRM1400 - Fashion History I 

4 credits 


Students study the development of 

clothing from the earliest time to the 

Renaissance and the silhouette reflected 

through the eyes of the designer. 

FRM1401 - Fashion History II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: FRM1400 - Fashion History I 

An in-depth continuation of Fashion History 

I, from the Renaissance to Modern. 

FRM1410 - Fundamentals of 

Management Technology 

4 credits 


This course teaches technology skills in the 

context of common professional applications. 

Students will study current trends in digital media 

and develop essential management productivity 

software skills including web-based media. 

FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics 

4 credits 


Fabrics are studied from the raw state through 

processing, spinning, and weaving to finish. 

The course investigates textile sources and 

the appropriate selection of fabrics. 

FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing 




Students will be introduced to all major retailing 

topics involving both large and small retailers, 

brick and mortar retailers and their combinations, 

and direct marketers. Includes discussion of 

consumer behavior, information systems, 

store locations, operations, human resource 

management, customer communications, 

computerization and integrating and controlling 

the retail strategy in the twenty-first century. 

Careers in retailing will also be discussed. 

FRM2400 - Consumer Behavior 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing 

This course examines the cultural, social, 

and individual variables involved in 

consumer behavior. It also reviews how 

they are incorporated into buyer decision 

processes and marketing practices. 

FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation 

and Construction 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: FRM1433 - Textiles and Fabrics 

This course is designed for fashion management 

students to evaluate the equation between 

quality and cost in garments. Students will be 

able to identify and analyze quality of trims, 

fabrics and construction in relationship to price 

point. Included will be women’s sportswear, 

children’s wear and men’s wear in a range of 

price points from high end to discounted. 

FRM2475 - Retail Mathematics 



Prerequisite: FRM1442 - Introduction to Retailing 

and GE2412 - College Mathematics 

This course provides an understanding of the 

various financial tools used by retailers to evaluate 

performance. Students calculate, analyze, and 

interpret financial concepts associated with 

accounting from a merchandising perspective. 

FRM2490 - Visual Merchandising 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: AD2430 - Fundamentals of 

Marketing and Advertising and FRM2415 - 

Apparel Evaluation and Construction 

Students learn the importance of eye 

appeal and consumer buying habits. 

Students create their own displays using 

the latest principles and techniques in the 

visual organization of merchandise. 

FRM3425 - Introduction to Manufacturing 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: FRM2415 - Apparel 

Evaluation and Construction 

This course is an overview of the fashion 

industries including the terminology of fashion 

and an explanation of the three levels of the 

industry: design, production and sales. Careers 

and the organization, structure, and problems 

of the garment industry are studied. 

FRM3455 - Merchandise Management 



Prerequisite: DM2410 - Fundamentals of Business 

Students study the categorizations of 

stores, organizational components, and the 

characteristics of various wholesale and retail 

markets. They will explore the Private Label 

and Brand Name businesses, develop customer 

profiles and look at franchising as a means 

of entering the retail world. Students will 

become familiar with merchandise accounting 

as it relates to the various retail formats. 

FRM4410 - Web Marketing for 

Fashion & Retail Management 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: AD2460 - Branding, DM2470 

- Principles of Market Research, and 

FRM3455 - Merchandise Management 

This course focuses primarily on marketing 

on the Web, addressing the elements and 

requirements of information distribution, 

advertising, or sales in this new medium. The 

content of the course includes an overview of 

major online services, portals, and developing 

content aggregators. Students learn how 

to modify traditional marketing theories 

and strategies as well as the demands and 

opportunities unique to the Web. One of 

these opportunities receives special attention: 

using server push or other push technologies 

to develop “shows” or “magazines” online. 

FRM4420 - Retail Operations and Technology 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: FRM3455 - Merchandise Management 

Develops the student’s understanding of 

operational objectives in a retail structure. An 

emphasis will be placed on planning, control, 

profitability, and staffing in a retail environment. 

The use of technology in the industry and 

the responsibilities of retail executives will be 

examined as well. Also career opportunities 

and ethical behavior of those individuals who 

choose to enter the retail arena will be discussed. 

Articles pertaining to current issues, (found 

in trade publications and newspapers) will be 

reviewed and discussed, in order to understand 

methods that have been created to expedite 

and increase profitability for the retailer. 

FRM4425 - Trends and Concepts in Apparel 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: FRM2415 - Apparel Evaluation 

A comprehensive study of cultural and social 

issues that affect fashion and the emergence 

of trends. Students will analyze the meanings 

and importance of clothing and apply these 

concepts for contemporary society. 

FRM4461 - Product Development 

4 credits 

Prerequisites: FRM3455 - Merchandise Management 

In this course students will review design 

concepts and technology and the development 

of merchandising in the modern market, 

analyze target markets and source, cost 

and develop a product for that market in 

presentation form including a prototype. 

FRM4495 - Special Topics in 


4 credits 

Prerequisites: FRM4425 - Trends and Concepts in 

Apparel and FRM4461 - Product Development 

This course allows the student to select a 

special topic in Fashion & Retail Management 

under the guidance of an instructor and the 

Academic Program Director. This course also 

allows for any deficiencies noted in the students’ 

development as outlined through evaluation of 

student work, and informal, formal interviews 

with the Professional Advisory Committee. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

GE1406 - Nutrition 

4 credits 


This course centers on an explanation of the 

basic principles of nutrition and their relationship 

to health. The structure, functions, and sources 

of nutrients, including carbohydrates, fats, 

proteins, vitamins, minerals, and water are 

discussed. Current issues in nutrition are 

reviewed, including dietary guidelines, energy 

balance, vitamin supplements, and food facts. 

GE1410 - English I 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: C or higher in TS094 - Transitional English 

OR Accuplacer English Placement score of 87 or higher 

This course is the first of two courses in the 

composition sequence. Students are introduced 

to college-level writing as a process of developing 

and supporting a thesis in an organized essay. 

The use of appropriate diction and language is 

emphasized along with reading and responding 

to the writing of others. Students will adhere to 

the standard conventions of written English. 

63

GE1413 - Psychology 

4 credits 


This course will provide the students with 

an introduction to the field of psychology as 

a science in the study of human and animal 

behavior. The course will survey the development 

of theoretical perspectives and practices from the 

onset of psychology at the beginning of the 20th 

century to today. Students will examine human 

development, theories of personality, cognitive 

process, learning, intelligence, motivation 

and emotion, sensation and perception as 

well as psychological and physiological basis 

of behavior. In doing so, students will gain 

a better understanding of an individuals’ 

interactions with the world around them. 

GE1424 - Public Speaking 

4 credits 


In this course, students will develop and refine 

oral presentation skills necessary for personal 

and professional life. Students will be introduced 

to various aspects of the communication 

process including establishing credibility, 

identifying and applying research materials, 

using appropriate audio and/or visual aides. 

Additionally, they will gain knowledge of 

audience analysis and critical listening skills. 

GE1433 - Art History 

4 credits 


This course combines a visual overview 

of art and architecture from western 

civilization, with interpretive projects and 

writing assignments. Students will learn 

to differentiate between artistic styles and 

movements. They will create relevant research 

projects that illustrate and combine visual 

aspects of artistic styles and periods. 

GE1456 - Music Appreciation 

4 credits 


This course will introduce the student to 

the historical development of music and 

the composers of different eras. Students 

will focus on the role that music plays in our 

lives today as well as examining the cultural 

influences that have determined the varied 

musical languages throughout the world. 

GE1466 - Principles of Economics 

4 credits 


As an introduction to the fundamental 

nature of micro-and macroeconomics theory, 

students acquire a basic understanding of how 

economic systems and principles work and 

the way they influence daily life. The course 

will present the role of markets, the forces 

of supply and demand, the importance of 

producer/consumer relationships, distinctions 

between fiscal and monetary policy, and 

the natures of international trade. 

GE2411 - English ll 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE1410 - English I 

This course is the second of two in the 

composition sequence. Students expand their 

experiences reading, writing, and researching. 

Students write essays demonstrating their 

ability to analyze and evaluate the ideas of 

others and integrate those ideas into their 

own writing. The course includes in-depth 

examination of research methods, conventions 

of documentation, and MLA and APA styles. 

Students select, evaluate, and integrate a variety 

of sources to support a thesis in a research paper. 

GE2412 - College Mathematics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: C or higher in TS095 - Transitional 

Mathematics OR Accuplacer Mathematics 

Placement score of 57 or higher 

This course covers algebra and trigonometric 

problem solving. Topics covered include 

operations with real numbers, linear and 

polynomial functions, radicals and radical 

expressions, factoring polynomials, conic 

sections, natural logs and exponents, 

trigonometric definitions and identities. 

GE2423 - Environmental Science 

4 credits 


This course explores environmental science 

as an interdisciplinary study from the natural 

sciences (biology, chemistry, and geology) and 

the social sciences (ecology, politics, ethics) to 

gain an understanding of how nature works 

and how interconnections occur. The use and 

abuse of the environment is also examined. 

Students will also explore the future of the 

environment and what effect they can have on it. 

GE2442 - Critical Thinking 

4 credits 


This course assists students in becoming more 

effective learners through the identification 

and development of skills, process and 

techniques for improving comprehension. 

This course also teaches students to apply 

reasoning principles for critical analysis and 

evaluation of thought and discourse and 

to use creative and critical techniques in 

problem-solving and decision making. 

GE2477 - Spanish I 

4 credits 


This is the first of two courses that introduce 

the student to Spanish language. It will be 

taught as an interactive class, with the students 

participating in written and oral assignments. 

Along with learning conversational phrases 

and key words, the student will understand 

the differences between singular and plural, 

masculine and feminine words, regular and 

irregular verbs and how to conjugate verbs. 

In order to develop functional proficiency, 

the students will be provided opportunities 

for immediate usage of vocabulary and 

grammatical structures in culturally authentic 

communicative situations on a daily basis. 

GE2478 - Spanish II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE2477 - Spanish I 

This is the second class in Spanish and will build 

on the knowledge gained from Spanish I. There 

will be increased challenges to the student to use 

Spanish spontaneously and accurately. There will 

be additional activities, such as realistic day-today 

situations, group work to bring Spanish into 

daily use in the business sector and in the home. 

GE3424 - Interpersonal Communications 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE1424 - Public Speaking 

This course examines the art of social 

interactions in human relationships focusing 

on the application of theory and research. 

Students will explore and analyze the social 

relationships that link humans, in a variety 

of contexts, such as culture, gender, religion, 

etc. in order to practice the process of 

interactions within their own relationships. 

GE3432 - History and Culture of Cuisine 

4 credits 


This course provides an examination of the 

major historical and geographical developments 

that have affected the creation of various 

cultural patterns including, but not limited to, 

gastronomic choices, cooking habits, folkways, 

and the use of local ingredients to meet 

nutritional and cultural considerations. Topics 

will include the power and impact of cultural 

symbols and the ways in which generations teach 

their young to honor a cultural heritage. Students 

will complete a term paper on a topic of their 

choice related to the content of this course. 

GE3433 - Contemporary Art 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE1433 - Art History 

This course provides a visual examination of 

recent western art. Students will demonstrate 

knowledge of the various movements in 

contemporary art by creating interpretive projects 

and writing assignments. Class participation is 

emphasized with group discussion and critiques. 

GE3466 - World Music Influences 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE1456 - Music Appreciation 

Students are introduced to themes and 

issues relating to music and cultures and 

the relationship between them around the 

world. They explore music theory, harmony, 

melodies, and scales from a diverse range of 

cultures, as well as the integration of Western 

musical traditions and African musical forms 

and rhythms as they relate to American idioms 

such as jazz, blues, and popular music. 

GE3490 - Cultural Anthropology 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE1413 - Psychology or 

GE1466 - Principles of Economics 

This course is designed to introduce the 

principles and findings of contemporary 

cultural anthropology, including the systems 

of social structure, economic structures, family, 

crime, technology, multiculturalism, and the 

relationships of these systems to our lives. 

Specifically, we will look at these issues as they 

relate to designated roles across cultures. 

GE4442 - Ethics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE2442 - Critical Thinking 

This course examines human life, experience 

and thought in order to discover and develop 

the principles and values for pursuing a 

more fulfilled existence. This course helps 

students to apply theories designed to 

justify ethical judgments in a selection of 

contemporary personal and social issues. 


GE4455 - Literature 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE2411 - English II 

This course focuses on literary selections. 

Topics include the critical evaluation of the 

literary genres: story, poetry and drama. 

GE4461 - Physics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GE 2412 - College Mathematics 

This is a course that introduces the concepts 

and methods of physics, including mechanics, 

heat, electricity and magnetism, and modern 

physics. An interdisciplinary approach will be 

stressed to integrate physics topics into students’ 

area of study to help facilitate creative work. 

GRAPHIC DESIGN COURSES 

GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design 

4 credits 


This course will introduce the basic principles 

of design. Using a variety of materials and 

techniques, the creative process will be 

introduced and developed. An exploration 

of design elements and relationships will 

establish a basic aesthetic sensitivity. 

GD1402 - Drawing and Perspective 

4 credits 


Visual awareness is expanded through the 

observation and translation of three-dimensional 

form into two-dimensional drawings. Starting 

with simple forms and progressing to more 

complex organic forms, students will increase 

their skill levels in construction techniques, 

composition, line quality, and human anatomy. 

GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media 


higher to pass in AD and GD. 


Students will investigate the relationship 

among letters, space, fonts, and type systems. 

Students’ activities include copying, fitting, and 

styling text type; spacing and rendering display 

arrangements; and marking up and specifying 

both text and display type. Typographic attributes 

will be applied to enhance readability; logos will 

be designed and titles for computer-animated 

and broadcast graphics will be story boarded. 

Students will develop the ability to work within 

traditional and contemporary design context. 

GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1401 - Fundamentals of Design 


Continuing to develop the various drawing 

skills from the first and second drawing courses, 

students will focus on depicting gesture and 

motion, capturing essence of movement and 

form in space, and creating compositions 

based on the four basic lighting situations. 

GD1420 - Image Manipulation 

4 credits 


This course is designed to examine photo 

retouching and image manipulation 

using computers. Students will use 

software to manipulate photographic 

images to the point where they no longer 

resemble the original artwork. 

GD1430 - Illustration 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1401- Fundamentals of Design 


This course will introduce students to basic skills 

and principles of illustration. Various methods and 

functions of illustration will be explored. Students 

will learn the role of illustration in the design 

process and apply that knowledge to the projects. 

GD1431 - Design Layout 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective 

and GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media 

This class will enable the student to design 

with type and visuals and to utilize technology 

in problem solving. Emphasis will be on 

the process of design development from 

roughs to comprehensives, layout and 

marker techniques, and the use of a grid 

system for multi-component layouts. 

GD1473 - Color and Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1401- Fundamentals of Design 

In this course, basic color principles including 

line, hue, value, and intensity are studied. 

Students investigate color and its relationship 

to composition through harmony and 

contrast in a variety of formats and media. 

GD2421 - Art and Design Concepts 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media 

This course is an exploration of printed 

communication and the use of typography as 

an exclusive element of design. The course will 

focus on the development of marketable, original, 

and creative problem-solving solutions with an 

emphasis on profressional presentaion techniques. 

GD2425 - Advanced Typography 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media 

This course is an exploration of printed 

communication and the use of typogrphy as an 

exclusive element of design. The copusrse will 

focus on the development of makketable, original, 

and creative problem solvong solutuions with an 

emphasis on professional presentaion techniques. 

GD2432 - Digital Illustration 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1420 - Image Manipulation 

This course will help students communicate and 

design with the computer as a professional tool. 

Using different software applications, the student 

will demonstrate an understanding of electronic 

illustration. The course will explore vector-based 

graphic applications that are used in the industry. 

GD2433 - Electronic Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1431 - Design Layout 

This course will explore various means of 

indicating, placing and manipulating visual 

elements in page design, systematically 

developing strong and creative layout solutions by 

means of a cumulative, conceptual design process. 

The ability to integrate photographs, illustrations, 

and display and text type effectively will be 

developed using page composition software. 

GD2437 - Design History 

4 credits 


This course will examine the influences of 

societal trends, historical events, technological 

developments, and the fine arts on contemporary 

graphic design, illustration, typographical 

design, photography, and fashionable design 

trends in general. Through lectures, supplied 

visual examples, independent research, and 

design assignments, the student will gain 

insight into a variety of major design influences. 

The student will learn how to research and 

utilize a wide variety of design styles. 

GD2440 - Print Production 


“C” or higher to pass in GD. 

Prerequisite: GD1420 – Image Manipulation 

or PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production 

and GD1431 - Design Layout 

In this course, traditional print production 

techniques are employed in the preparation 

of camera-ready art. Production of single- and 

multi-color mechanical processes and discussion 

of various printing processes are covered. 

GD2480 - Designing for the Web 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals of Interactive Design 

Students Integrate design skills with the basic 

computer language skills (HTML) required 

in order to create web pages. Emphasis is 

balanced between the design and technical 

elements of Web Page design and production 

GD3411 - Corporate Identity 

and Communications 

4 credits 


This course is in-depth study of the history, 

psychology, and function of corporate 

identification. Students will produce a multifaceted 

design presentation acceptable 

for a contemporary corporation. 

GD3431 - Advanced Design 


“C” or higher to pass in GD. 

Prerequisite: GD1401 - Fundamentals of 

Design and GD1402 - Drawing & Perspective 

and GD2440 - Print Production 

This advanced course enhances and builds on 

skills developed in fundamental design courses. 

Refining typographic skills and furthering 

design sensitivities will be emphasized. Critical 

analysis and evaluation will be explored in the 

context of goal-focused design objectives. 

Portfolio-quality projects will be developed. 

GD3435 - Media Design 

4 credits 


The course examines the structures and 

communication skills used by various 

members of a creative team. The processes 

of concept development, media application 

and design creation are emphasized. In 

addition, the variety of media used by 

graphic designers and their suppliers will be 

examined. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

GD3445 - Marketing Design 

4 credits 


This course is a review of popular culture as 

it relates to social, informational, economic, 

political and educational current events. A 

special emphasis is placed on the relationship 

of trends and pop topics to advertising. Current 

65

media, including books, television, movies, telecommunications 

media, on-line communications, 

and marketing trends and strategies are reviewed. 

GD3455 - Package Design 

4 credits 


This course will define the role of packaging 

in product identification, presentation, 

and production. The unique challenges of 

adapting typography, illustration, design 

and materials to 3D form will be explored. 

Research will include marketing objective, 

structural integrity and display aesthetics. 

GD3465 - Publication Design 

4 credits 


In this course, students will prepare scanned 

and object-oriented graphic files and integrate 

them with text in a multiple-page composition 

file. File transfer and document printing is 

covered. The process of page imposition 

for printing and other technical procedures 

specific to publishing will be introduced, and 

the place of the electronic page make-up in 

modern print production will be studied. 

GD3470 - Law & the Commercial Arts 

4 credits 


This course includes the study of basic legal 

principles related to the conduct of business. 

Specifically, this course includes an overview of 

the legal system, contracts, personal property, 

intellectual property, real property, law of 

sales, agency and employment law, business 

organizations, insurance, security devices, 

bankruptcy, and alternative dispute resolution. 

GD4435 - Advanced Illustration 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1430 - Illustration 

This course will emphasize the importance 

of concept and originality of ideas 

in contemporary illustration. 

GD4480 - Design Production Team 

4 credits 


This is a special project course in which students 

utilize their knowledge of design, typography, 

production techniques, video, and audio to 

execute a team project. Students also apply 

communications, teamwork, and organizational 

skills. Students work cooperatively to achieve a 

common goal, similar to industry experience. 

HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 

COURSES 

HM1430 - Sales and Public Relations 

4 credits 


This course will focus on the sales function in 

varied hospitality settings. The relationship 

of sales to marketing will be explored, and 

the process of the actual personal sales call 

will be emphasized. The role of a successful 

public relations plan will also be examined, 

as well as the benefits of favorable public 

impression on a hospitality operation. 

HM1440 - Lodging Operations 




This course will represent an overview of the 

various types of lodging operations in the 

industry. The guest cycle will be examined, 

as well as the role of front office operations. 

The housekeeping and building maintenance 

functions will be discussed in detail, and students 

will be expected to produce a management 

flowchart and detail the inter-relationship of the 

various departments in a lodging operation. 

HM2450 - Front Office Management 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: HM1440 - Lodging Operations 

This course will present the overall front office/ 

front desk work environment and train students 

how to enter the front desk in a supervisor role. 

Emphasis will be given to the hospitality target 

markets, reservations, guest accounting, back 

office interfaces, communications, guest services 

and guest relations. The night audit function 

and revenue management techniques will be 

explored, as well as staff motivation and training. 

HM2451 - Purchasing/Contract Service 

4 credits 


In this course, students will learn the importance 

of the purchasing function in various hospitality 

settings. Particular emphasis will be placed on 

food and beverage purchasing, linen, chemical 

and general supply buying. In addition, the role 

of contract services in support of a hospitality 

operation will be explored, including contract 

negotiation and cost/benefit analysis. The 

relationship of the purchasing function to 

the inventory process and the profit and 

loss statement will also be reviewed. 

HM2480 - Hospitality Law 

4 credits 


This course covers legislation and statutes 

governing hospitality law. Legal issues such 

as innkeepers liability, Dram Shop liability, 

ADA compliance, and OSHA regulations are 

combined with a historical perspective and 

present day application. The class will also 

address pertinent key industry issues with a 

critical eye towards those laws that may hinder 

the industry’s growth, as well as those laws that 

strengthen our rights as hospitality professional. 

HM2481 - Institutional Operations 

4 credits 


This course will discuss the varied options 

for employment in the institutional 

operation. Healthcare, senior care, cruise 

line, casino, education, corrections, airline 

and contract service companies will be 

detailed. Special attention will be given to 

the unique opportunities and challenges 

this segment of the industry presents to 

supervisory staff and management. 

HM3412 - Travel and Tourism 

4 credits 


This class will provide an overview of the 

national and international travel market. The 

evolving role of travel agents will be discussed, 

as well as the emergence of the internet as a 

planning tool. The importance of tourism to 

the world economy will be discussed, with a 

consideration of the effect of terrorism on world 

markets. The airline, cruise, rail and automobile 

industries will be examined, correlating their 

influence on the hospitality industry. 

HM3490 - Risk Management 

4 credits 


This course explores risk management issues 

in the business property and liability area. It 

includes the operation of insurance companies, as 

well as the duties and functions of the hospitality 

manager and risk manager at the property 

level. An analysis of commercial property, 

business interruption, owners, surety, general 

liability, workers compensation, health, life and 

professional insurance needs and coverage will 

be examined in the context of the hospitality 

operation. (Prerequisite: none) 4 Credits 

HM3491 - Multi-Unit/Chain/ 

Franchise Operations 

4 credits 


This class will discuss the relationship of the 

individual property to the parent organization. 

A discussion of small chain vs. large chain, 

local, regional, national and international 

organizations will provide the student with 

a globe perspective on corporate hospitality 

operations. The role of the franchise organization 

will be explored, as well as the place of the 

property manager as owner’s representative 

in a franchise location. Several different 

franchise models will be presented, as well as 

a discussion of the cost/benefit relationship 

of a franchise vs. independent property. 

HM4401 - Hospitality Accounting 



Prerequisite: DM2430 - Principles 

of Managerial Accounting 

This class will build on the knowledge gained 

in the accounting principles class, with a 

focus on the unique requirements of the 

hospitality operation. Forecasting, budgeting 

and adherence modules will be included, as 

well as an in-depth examination of the profit 

and loss statement as a management tool. 

The POS and property management software 

interface will be included, with discussions on 

the cost of inventory, inventory procedures and 

proper food and variable costing practices. A 

section on hospitality finance will explore the 

purchase, sale and capitalization requirements 

of sample properties in the industry. 

HM4430 - Hospitality Capstone 




Through competencies developed with 

previous related studies course work, students 

will develop a complete business plan for 

a hospitality operational unit. The project 

will include Market Analysis and Marketing 

Strategy, Operating Budget, Sales Projections, 

Opening Inventories, Capital Equipment, 

Demographics, Labor Schedule, and Facilities 

Design as appropriate to the project. The 

student will have the assistance of an Instructor 

to facilitate the completion of the project. 


INTERIOR DESIGN COURSES 

ID1420 - Architectural Drafting 


“C” or higher to pass in ID. 


This course is an introduction to basic drafting 

equipment, techniques, terminology, and 

symbols used in design. Drafting requirements 

include lettering, plan views, elevations, sections, 

details, schedules, and paraline drawings. 

ID1421 - Perspectives 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural Drafting 

This course is an introduction to the principles 

of one-and-two point perspective and the 

techniques to represent shade and shadow. 

ID1426 - Mixed Media 

4 credits 


Sketching and the rendering of elevations, 

plan, and interior perspectives using a variety 

of media and surfaces is the main focus. The 

course will introduce students to the world 

of computers through lecture and laboratory 

sessions. The laboratory sessions will provide 

hands-on skills on a specific computer system 

and will teach functions within a computer 

environment to complete projects. 

ID1433 - Textiles and Fabrics 

4 credits 


Course explores the properties of man-made 

and natural fibers and their production, uses, 

and characteristics. Content includes discussion 

of fibers, yarns, fabrics, finishes, design methods, 

aesthetic applications, and ordering specifications. 

ID1440 - 3D Design 

4 credits 


This course is an introduction to the basic 

elements and principles of 3D design and 

exploration of the visual and structural 

qualities of objects. Students solve 

problems by organizing and constructing 

3D forms within spatial environments. 

ID2420 - History of Design to 1830 

4 credits 


This course explores the evolution of furniture 

interiors and design from the ancient world to 

1830 and discusses the major cultural, political, 

social and economic factors that affects the 

design of material culture and the relationship of 

furniture and interiors to significant movements 

in art and architecture. It includes the history of 

the profession of interior design and contributions 

of interior designers to the development of 

the profession. The course also introduces 

students to major architectural developments, 

including various architectural movements. 

ID2422 - Introduction to Space Planning 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting 

This course explores the issues related to 

preliminary space planning, and spatial volume 

with special emphasis placed on human factors. 

Students will develop skill and judgment in 

ordering and defining space and represent 

their ideas through conceptual drawings 

and other supporting graphic material. 

ID2424 - Elements of Interior Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID1420 - Architectural 

Drafting and ID1421 - Perspectives 

Characteristics and selection criteria for the 

identification and evaluation of interior materials, 

finishes, and treatments is the focus of the course. 

ID2425 - Building Materials 

and Mechanical Systems 

4 credits 


This is a survey of the principles of interior 

construction and the inter-relationship between 

materials and structure. The course includes 

discussion of wall, floor, ceiling, mechanical, and 

electrical systems. This course is an introduction 

to the process of producing and using a set of 

contract documents for interior spaces. Content 

includes formatting, cross-referencing drawings, 

and how to represent details, section and legends. 

Content also includes a study of the codes and 

regulations covering public health and welfare. 

ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting 


“C” or higher to pass on ID. 

Prerequisite: ID1426 - Mixed Media 

This course examines the hardware that 

constitutes a CAD work station and the operating 

system (MS-DOS/Windows) that enables the 

equipment to function as a unit. It also shows 

how to use AutoCAD to set up drawings and add 

lines, circles, arcs, and other shapes, geometric 

constructions, and text. Students use display and 

editing techniques to seek information about 

their drawings and work with drawing files. 

ID2431 - Revit 

4 credits 


The major focus of this course is the 

use of Revit to render 3D images. 

ID2440 - Design Process 

4 credits 


Students will be introduced to the basic elements 

and principles of Interior Design. Exploration 

of the process and methodology used in the 

development of Interior Design solutions. Content 

includes anthropomorphic and ergonomic 

data and its relationship to interior space. 

Development of alternative design solutions, and 

the visual and verbal vocabulary necessary to 

communicate design ideas at the schematic level. 

ID2441 - Design Development: Residential 

4 credits 


This course explores the design development 

phase of the design process. Students transition 

from thinking conceptually to fully developing 

a residential interior space. Course content 

centers on the inter-relationships of the 

elements of 3-D space, such as proportion and 

volume, planning, materials, detailing, and 

finishing. Discussions also include physical and 

psychological needs unique to the home. 

ID2442 - Design Development: Commercial 

4 credits 


This course is a study of the 3D aspects of 

interior space and the understanding of interior 

spaces as volume. Students work through 

the process of designing a corporate space 

in complete detail from conceptualization to 

presentation drawings. Research centers on 

the technical elements involved in commercial 

spaces, corporate furnishing, materials, finish. 

Applications are produced using CAD. 

ID2443 - Problems in Residential Design 

4 credits 


This course examines issues relevant to 

residential needs of people from various 

age groups, economic levels, and/or 

physical and emotional conditions. 

ID3419 - Civilization and the Arts 

4 credits 


In this course, students explore the cultural, 

intellectual, and political trends that have 

shaped the historical development of the world 

from the Renaissance into the 21st century. 

ID3420 - History of Design 

from 1830 to Present 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID2420 - History of Design to 1830 

This course examines the development 

of furniture, interiors, architecture, and 

decorating arts from 1830 to the present. 

Projects emphasize English, American, and 

international styles in a contemporary idiom. 

ID3421 - History of 19th and 

20th Century Architecture 

4 credits 


This course examines the evolution of modern 

architecture in the 19th and 20th centuries. 

Content includes discussion of the theoretical 

basis of significant architectural styles and 

places architectural developments within their 

cultural, historical, and social framework. 

ID3425 - Lighting 

4 credits 


This course involves the study of lighting under a 

variety of studio location situations. The student 

acquires a working knowledge of natural and 

artificial lighting. Students apply problem-solving 

techniques to different lighting conditions. 

ID3427 - Interior Tectonics & Codes 



Co-rerequisite: ID2430 - Computer Aided Drafting 

This course surveys the principles of interior 

construction and the inter-relationship between 

materials and structure. Course includes 

discussion of wall, floor and ceiling systems, 

mechanical and electrical systems and their 

relationship to interior design. Content also 

includes a study of the codes and regulations 

covering the health and welfare of the public. 

ID3429 - Interior Detailing 

4 credits 


This course examines the study of materials and 

67

fabrication techniques involved in the design 

and construction of basic interior details and 

how these details are communicated in the 

documents package. Content includes detailing 

of cabinetry, ceiling, walls, floors and millwork. 

ID3440 - Specialty Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID2430 –Computer Aided Drafting 

This course focuses on advanced space planning 

that emphasizes the development of sculptural 

space and the concept of plan as art. The 

course emphasizes precedent and contextual 

thinking in the development of a creative 

design for a variety of interior applications. 

ID3441 - Advanced Residential Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID2443 – Problems in Residential Design 

This course focuses on programming and 

development of a high-end residential 

space with emphasis on interior details. 

ID3442 - Advanced Corporate Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID2442 - Design Development: Commercial 

This course focuses on the complete analysis 

of a corporate interior design project by 

developing in-depth programming, schematics, 

design development, modeling, construction 

documents, and specifications. This group project 

also helps further develop time management, 

organization, and group communication skills. 

ID4425 - Advanced Detailing 



Prerequisite: ID3429 - Interior Detailing 

This course is designed to involve the 

student in the research and design of 

complex casework pieces, millwork, interior 

construction details, and custom furniture. 

ID4440 - Advanced Specialty Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: ID3440 - Specialty Design 

This course focuses on the research and 

design of a hospitality space. Pre-design 

research focuses on industry standards, 

design issues, codes and products relevant 

to the development of hospitality space. 

ID4479 - Professional Practice 

4 credits 


This course focuses on principles governing 

the business, legal, and contractual aspects 

of the interior design profession for both 

commercial and residential applications. This 

includes in-depth discussion of the legal, 

contractual and ethical elements required to 

run a 21st century business. Further discussion 

addresses client relationships, developing 

marketing services, business plans, and a 

comprehensive resume and cover letter. 

ID4480 - Senior Design Project 

4 credits 


This course will prepare students for job 

interviews by helping them compile a portfolio. 

Students will demonstrate their conceptual 

design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they 

assemble and refine their portfolio pieces. 

Each student will select representative pieces, 

showcasing work that reflects a unique style. 

Particular emphasis is placed on identifying short 

and long term professional employment goals, 

as well as related strategies and resources. 

MEDIA ARTS & 

ANIMATION COURSES 

CA1400 – Production Fundamentals 


“C” or higher to pass in MAA. 


This course is designed to introduce students 

to the world of computers through lecture and 

laboratory sessions. Lectures will introduce the 

conceptual framework of computer systems 

and how they work, as well as the implications 

of computer technology in our contemporary 

environment. The laboratory sessions will 

provide hands-on training on a specific computer 

system and will teach functions within a 

computer environment to complete projects. 

CA1405 - Advanced Drawing for Animation 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing 

Students will develop their drawing skills 

and study space, movement, texture and 

composition. Students will demonstrate 

creative ideas and advanced skills required 

to produce their animation projects. 

CA1409 - History and Trends of Animation 

4 credits 


This course surveys the history of animation with 

emphasis on the various animation processes 

in their historical contexts. This survey course 

also involves discussions of new developments 

and future trends in the animation industry 

and analysis of major sectors of the animation 

industry and career opportunities within them. 

CA1410 - Storyboarding and Animatics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: GD1402 - Drawing and Perspective 

This course focuses on the animation preproduction 

techniques of storyboarding, 

storytelling, and animatics. The course will 

cover the purpose, formats, basic terminology, 

and concepts used in storyboarding and 

animatics and the application thereof. 

Use of capture devices, storytelling, 

composition, and design will be applied. 

CA1415 - Writing for Animation 

4 credits 


Writing for Animation will explore the various 

processes used to create treatments, stories, 

and scripts. Students will see what a treatment 

is and how it is used. They will explore how an 

idea is developed into a story and then into a 

script. Students will see how a story is structured; 

they will explore how to read a script and how 

to develop their own scripts. Students will 

have a chance to see how important content 

is to the development of a finished product. 

CA1420 - Digital Imaging 



Prerequisite: CA1400 - Production Fundamentals 

Students develop basic image manipulation 

skills in a raster-based computer environment. 

Emphasis is on mastering the fundamentals of 

scanning, color management, photo retouching, 

imaging, special effects, and filters and masks. 

CA2413 - Acting for Animators 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation 

In this course, students will explore the 

techniques involved in putting together 

expressions and movements that convey 

emotions, impart meaning and tell a story. 

Students will see how to tell a story with 

motion and embellish it with expressions. 

Students will study silent films, physicality 

and versatility, and alternate ways to 

tell a story and convey a message. 

CA2425 - Introduction to 2D Animation 




This course introduced the principles and 

fundamentals of animation. Students will 

study the 12 principles of animation and apply 

through a variety of fundamental exercises. 

Use of capture devices, pencil tests and other 

animation techniques will be explored. 

CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling 




This is an introductory course in geometric 

construction. Through critical analysis, students 

conceptualize 3D coordinate systems and 

construct 3D models in a computer environment. 

Students also identify the differences and 

similarities of 3D modeling with sculpting, 3D 

design and character design techniques. 

CA2430 - Introduction to Video 


a “C” or higher to pass for VE and DF. 


This course will provide an overview of the 

video industry and establish a foundation in 

broadcast technology. Basic video equipment 

and studio operation will be introduced, 

along with terminology and its application. 

CA2431 - Audio Production 


a “C” or higher to pass for WDIM. 


This course is a conceptual introduction to 

audio production techniques. Students will 

be able to digitize sound and apply it to their 

work. Students will also learn how to produce 

appropriate audio effects and transitions. 

CA2432 - Character/Object Design 



Prerequisite: GD1411 - Intermediate Drawing 

In this course, students will design characters and 

related objects for animation. Students will learn 

the process of character development as well as 

enhanced life drawing skills. Course assignments 

include gesture drawing, action poses, 

turnarounds, and creation of sculpted objects. 

CA2439 - Introduction to 3D Animation 




Prerequisite: CA2429 - Introduction to 3D Modeling 

Building on the skills acquired in 3D Modeling, 

students learn to animate and apply the principles 

of animation in a computer environment. 

Students are also introduced to concept of rigging 

and setting up their model for animation. 

CA2440 - Digital Video Editing 

4 credits 


In this course students explore the features 

and functions of video editing systems and 

learn to edit video using linear and nonlinear 

video editing systems. Students will 

also explore various media available for 

output of animation and use appropriate 

equipment to output animation to tape. 

CA3425 - Materials and Lighting 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling 

In this course, students will address lighting 3D 

objects, lighting movement, and establishing 

congruence between background, object, 

reflectivity, and illusion of depth. The course 

will focus on the correlation between reality 

and computer rendition, stressing the 

disparity between real light and the technical 

facsimile of artificial lighting. The analysis, 

creation, and application of custom materials 

and texture maps will also be explored. 

CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling 




Using a 3D environment, intermediate 

modeling techniques and concepts are 

elaborated. Modeling as character design and 

development is emphasized while refining 

techniques in lighting, camera, and textures. 

CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation 


“C” or higher to pass MAA. 


and CA3449 - Intermediate 3D Modeling 

Using a 3D environment, intermediate animation 

techniques, rigging and setup techniques 

are elaborated. Animation storyboard and 

storytelling concepts are explored while 

refining techniques in lighting, camera, and 

timing. Students are also introduced to basic 

principal of scripting and expressions. 

CA3460 - Computer Animation Studio 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation 

Utilizing advanced computer programs, 

students will be able to design, produce 

and edit imaginative animation sequences. 

Special topics in modeling and animation 

will be covered such as advanced concepts, 

lighting, compositing, special effects, camera 

moves, audio and inverse kinematics. 

CA3469 - Advanced 3D Modeling 

4 credits 


Using a 3D environment advanced modeling 

techniques and concepts are applied. Modeling 

as character design and development is 

emphasized while students analyze real world 

observations and their application to modeling. 

CA3470 - Special Topics for 

Computer Animation 

4 credits 


This course allows the student to select 

special topics in animation and produce 

such animations under the guidance of an 

instructor. The student will be exposed to 

the various applications of animation and 

apply animation skills to chosen topics. 

CA3479 - Advanced 3D Animation 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: CA3459 - Intermediate 3D Animation 

Using a 3D environment, advanced animation 

techniques, rigging and setup techniques are 

applied. Students also apply the principles 

of acting, appropriate mathematical 

concepts and techniques to scripting 

activities and analyze real world observations 

and their application to animation. 

CA4461 - Traditional Animation Studio 

4 credits 


Students work with team members to create 

a full-length traditional 2D, or experimental 

animation. In this advanced course, all 

nuances of project creation, production, 

and post production are taught. 

CA4480 - Team Animation 

4 credits 


Students will utilize their knowledge of 

storytelling, animation, modeling, processing, and 

compositing software to create a team project. 

Students will strengthen their interpersonal 

and communication skills by working 

toward a common goal in an environment 

that is similar to the animation industry. 

PHOTOGRAPHY COURSES 

PH1401 - Principles of Photography 


“C” or higher to pass in PH. 


In this foundation course, students examine 

the essential tools, materials, and techniques 

of photography. The student will learn to use 

the camera, film processing, composition, 

print finishing, and basic darkroom 

printing. The student will be challenged 

to investigate the photographic medium 

and consider its role in image making. 

PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography 

4 credits 


This course introduces students to the 

fundamental terminology, concepts, and 

techniques of digital image acquisition, 

image archiving, manipulation, and output. 

This course focuses on the principles of 

using color, composition, lighting and 

other techniques for overall thematic and 

visual effects of photographic images. 

PH1410 - History and Survey of Photography 

4 credits 


This course will provide a framework for 

critically considering significant photographers 

and their work. Students will be expected to 

describe, interpret, and evaluate the origins, 

stylistic changes, and artistic innovations in 

the history of photography from the 19th 

Century through contemporary times. 

PH1413 - Fundamentals of Lighting 

4 credits; **This course requires a “C” 

or higher to pass in PH/DIM. 

Prerequisite: PH1401 - Principles of Photography 

(PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography 

for Digital Image Management students) 

In this introduction to the essential concepts 

of lighting for photography, students explore 

the manipulation of quantity, quality, direction, 

contrast, and color of both natural and artificial 

lighting. The course covers equipment and 

processes required to produce professional 

image quality in the studio and on location. 

PH1450 - Photographic Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: PH1401 - Principles of Photography 

(PH1402 - Principles of Digital Photography 

for Digital Image Management students) 

In this course, students experience primary 

design elements of visual communication 

as they apply to the photograph. Topics 

include image composition, color theory, 

lighting theory and the art of the critique. 

PH1470 - Large Format Photography 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: PH1413 – Fundamentals of Lighting 

Working individually and in teams, students will 

utilize large format cameras both in the studio 

and on location, working with various light 

sources. This course offers essential experience 

with the large format or view camera. Topics 

include sheet film, film holders, exposure 

and process control, and the management of 

perspective and focus with the movements 

that are unique to the view camera. 

PH2413 - Advanced Lighting 

4 credits 


This course expands on the PH1413 

Fundamentals of Lighting, with an emphasis 

on lighting for products and people in both 

the studio and on location. The necessary 

and correct utilization of electronic flash and 

lighting tools in the studio and on location is 

covered. Emphasis is placed on the imaginative 

application of lighting technique and style. 

PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production 


or higher to pass in PH/DIM. 


In this introduction to digital photo production, 

students become acquainted with the 

concepts, hardware, and software related 

to digital image acquisition, manipulation, 

and output, including scanning, masking, 

layering, retouching, and printing. 

PH2454 - Photographic 

Language and Culture 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: PH1410 - History and Survey of 

Photography and PH1450 - Photographic Design 

This course will address issues in aesthetics 

related to art, photography, cinema and 

writing within the context of contemporary 

society and culture. Emphasis will be placed 

on the surveying and contextualization of 

69

contemporary photographic practices and 

examples using current research technology. 

PH2460 - Digital Darkroom 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: PH2451 - Digital Photographic Production 

Emphasis will be placed on those digital 

techniques that correspond to traditional 

darkroom processes. The course will address 

issues related to color theory, resolution, 

contrast and density controls and the 

production of photo quality digital prints from 

scanned film and direct digital captures. 

PH2470 - Editorial Photography 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: PH2413 – Advanced Lighting 

Students will produce assignments related 

to photojournalism, location, and editorial 

photography. Emphasis is placed on digital 

technologies and formal assignment 

presentation. The class is devoted to subject 

research and creative photography in both 

fine art and commercial applications. 

PH2476 - Multimedia for Photographers 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: PH2470 - Editorial Photography 

and CA2430 - Introduction to Video 

This course will introduce students to the 

technical components integral to multimedia 

design and its relationship to photography. 

Students will expand their knowledge 

of capturing, downloading, editing, and 

outputting digital audio and image files 

using multimedia software to produce 

effective and compelling presentations. 

Through these skills, students will explore the 

relationships between time, sound, and still 

photographs. In addition to a demonstrated 

understanding of using multimedia as a 

platform to present photographic work, 

students will also explore its use as a marketing 

tool and will develop an understanding of its 

integration with current web technology. 

PH2478 - Location Photography 

4 credits 


This course explores the special needs of 

location photography, including both the 

technical and logistical aspects of location 

work. Students are challenged with a variety 

of assignments related to fashion, portraiture, 

product, stock, and architectural photography 

PH3400 - The Business of Photography 

4 credits 


This course reviews considerations faced 

by photographers when establishing and 

managing a studio operation. Topics include 

recruitment, appraisal, and delegation to a 

studio staff; negotiating with clients and talent; 

and the management of large productions. 

Students must use business management 

software to estimate costs for photographic 

work and manage a studio budget. 

PH3410 - Photographic Essays 

and Visual Narratives 

4 credits 


or PH2478 – Location Photography 

This course addresses photography as a narrative 

or illustrative medium used in support of the 

text content of publications. Students are 

required to produce their own renditions of 

picture stories, illustrations, magazine covers, 

and page layouts for all types of print media. 

PH3413 - Photographic Studio 

4 credits; 

Prerequisite: PH2413 - Advanced Lighting 

Students will develop the ability to solve 

problems of visual communication through 

assignments designed to challenge their 

skills in lighting, camera operation, and 

commercial interpretation. All aspects of 

studio photography are discussed from 

lenses to lighting and people to products. 

PH4410 - Specialization 


“C” or higher to pass in PH. 


In this course, the student elects to specialize in 

one or more of the major fields of photography, 

including photographic illustration, industrial, 

editorial, photojournalism, landscape/nature, 

commercial and portraiture. Advanced 

application, marketing and preparation of 

portfolio for employment are stressed. 

PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS 

PA095 - College Success 

1 credit 


This course is designed to help incoming students 

make a successful transition to the academic, 

cultural and social climate of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. Highlights of the course 

include a focus on the necessary survival skills for 

academic and personal growth and development. 

PA3411 - Capstone/Portfolio 


higher to pass in all BP2, CM, and CUL1. 


Through competencies developed with 

previous related studies course work, students 

will develop a business plan for a minimun 

one hundred seat restaurant. the project will 

include: Market Analysis and Marketing Strategy, 

Operating Budget, Sales Projections, Opening 

Inventories, Capital Equipment, Standardized 

Recipes and Costing for all standardized 

recipies, Menu, and Facilities Design. The 

course covers the components of a business 

plan as well as techniques for developing 

and presenting sections of the plan. Business 

related competencies are reviewed and tutored 

as necessary for completion of the project. 

PA3415 - Management Internship 

4 credits 


In this course, the student serves as a 

management intern at a food service facility. 

The students learns hands-ons duties that 

managers perform on a day-to-day basis. 

Interviewing, hiring, empolyee relations and 

discipline, scheduling, and team building are 

possible duties to be performed. The student 

should also practice good customer relations 

and may be involved in marketing and 

promotion. The student may also be required 

to participate in cash handling, inventory, or 

other duties that the host site may require. 

PA4416 - Management Internship 

16 credits 


The purpose of the 16 credit Hospitality 

Management Internship is to provide students 

with comprehensive immersion in a selected 

Hospitality Operation. Students will spend one 

full quarter observing and interacting with 

management at the selected property. Interns will 

be expected to become involved with all aspects 

of managing a Hospitality operation, including 

human resource functions, scheduling, financial 

analysis, supervision and leadership modeling. 

Interns will be expected to work closely with the 

management of the internship site in preparation 

for their careers in the industry. Interns will 

become involved in every department and aspect 

of the operation, specifically with a management 

orientation that will provide detailed information 

by department and an overall coordinated vision. 

PA4483 - Digital Portfolio 


higher to pass in MAA and VFX . 


The objectives of this course are to complete 

the digital portion of the student’s portfolio, to 

assess its strengths and weaknesses, to correct 

those weaknesses and augment the students’ 

strengths, and to produce a professional-level 

demo tape. This course will also stress the 

importance of professional development and 

help the student seek the necessary completion 

of the initial job search requirements. 

PA4484 - Portfolio Presentation 




In this course, students will assemble 

and enhance the print portion of 

their animation portfolio, as well as 

sharpen their job seeking skills. 

PA4485 - Portfolio Preparation 


higher to pass in GD and WDIM. 


This course will prepare students for job 

interviews by helping them compile a portfolio. 

Students will demonstrate their conceptual 

design, craftsmanship, and other skills as they 

assemble and refine their portfolio pieces. 

Each student will select representative pieces, 

showcasing work that reflects a unique style. 

Particular emphasis is placed on identifying short 

and long-term professional employment goals, 

as well as related strategies and resources. 

PA4486 - Internship 

4 credits 



will be able to apply acquired subject matter 

and career/professional skills in a real and 




successful business related to their fields of 


need to enter the field when they graduate. 

PA4487 - Portfolio 


higher to pass in WDIM and FRM. 



This course focuses on the completion of the 

portfolio and enables students to begin their 

job search. Students should come into this 

course with work for the portfolio already begun. 

During the term, students will determine the 

quality of their work so that enhancements 

may be made. In addition, they will complete a 

professional resume and begin the job search. 

STUDIO MAJOR COURSES 

SM1401 - Studio Major I 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses 

The student declares a primary studio 

concentration and track from a design discipline 

offered at the college in consultation with their 

advisor. Primary concentration tracks include 8 

courses, of which 4 are in the upper division. 

SM1402 - Studio Major II 

4 credits 







SM2403 - Studio Major III 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The 

student declares a primary studio concentration 

and track from a design discipline offered at 

the college in consultation with their advisor. 

Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, 

of which 4 are in the upper division. 

SM2404 - Studio Major IV 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: may vary based on specific courses The 

student declares a primary studio concentration 

and track from a design discipline offered at 

the college in consultation with their advisor. 

Primary concentration tracks include 8 courses, 

of which 4 are in the upper division. 

SM3405 - Studio Major V 

4 credits 







SM3406 - Studio Major VI 

4 credits 







SM4407 - Studio Major VII 

4 credits 







SM4408 - Studio Major VIII 

4 credits 







TRANSITIONAL STUDIES COURSES 

TS094 - Transitional Studies: English 


higher to pass for all programs. 


This course emphasizes the skills needed 

to produce clear, competent English prose. 

Coursework concentrates on basic paragraph 

writing with its attendant skills: various sentence 

structure, spelling, subject/verb agreement, 

punctuation, and correct verb tense. (Course 

is required for students with an Accuplacer 

Sentence Skills placement score of less than 87). 

TS095 - Transitional Studies: Mathematics 


higher to pass for all programs. 


This course reviews the mathematics that 

is the foundation for the requirements of 

a degree program. The course focuses on 

conceptual understanding of problem solving, 

decision making, and analytical skills dealing 

with quantities, their magnitudes and interrelationships. 

The course includes: complex 

manipulation of whole numbers, fractions, decimal 

numbers; ratios, proportions, and percentages; 

geometry (emphasizing the calculation of area 

and volume of complex 2D and 3D objects); 

algebra (emphasizing the manipulation of 

negative and positive numbers and the solution 

of linear equations; beginning statistics (graphing, 

mode, mean and median). (Course is required 

for students with an Accuplacer Elementary 

Algebra placement score of less than 57). 

VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION 

GRAPHICS COURSES 

VE1409 - History and Trends in Visual Effects 

4 credits 


This course provides an overview of the 

visual effects industry, with an emphasis on 

traditional techniques and their historical 

context. This survey class also explores major 

trends in the visual effects industry, and 

identifies career opportunities in the field. 

VE1438 - Computer Graphics 


“C” or higher to pass in VFX. 


This course will explore the history, psychology, 

and artistic interpretation of typography 

and digital design elements. Focus will be 

upon systematic application of typographic 

elements to enhance readability and visibility 

as well as communications for video, digital 

publishing, computer animation, and broadcast 

graphics. Desktop publishing activities 

will include the integration of computers 

and vector-based drawing programs. 

VE1457 - Conceptual Storytelling 

4 credits 


The course is an introduction to storytelling and 

the components of story. The goal is to develop 

storytelling skills, and an understanding of story 

form. Students will examine story art through story 

structure, character and composition. Students 

will be presented with the tools, techniques, and 

understandings of what stories are and how they 

work. The course will comprise reading, writing, 

and discussion about traditional storytelling as 

well as the impact of technology and interactivity 

on storytelling. Students will learn to craft, analyze 

and critique stories while working with the tools 

necessary to present material in digital format. 

VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks 

4 credits 


This course continues the development 

of digital imaging skills, with an emphasis 

on advanced techniques in masking, 

maps, channels, and compositing. 

VE2453 - Introduction to VFX 




This course will explore basic color theory and 

the various techniques of digital compositing. 

Emphasis will be placed on combining 

separately shot pieces of live action footage 

to create a seamless finished shot. 

VE2467 - Production Design 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: VE1457 - Conceptual Storytelling 

This course explores the production designer’s role 

of interpreting a screenplay (or similar work), and 

then combining reality and imagination to create 

visual elements that reinforce the screenplay’s 

narrative and aesthetic requirements. Students 

will consider both the explicit and underlying 

meanings in a scene, and then employ set 

and effects design to reinforce these ideas. 

VE2481 - Interactive Visual Design 

4 credits 


Students learn about interactive computer 

programs that combine animation with 

facilities for integrating text, sound, images, 

and fill-motion video into interactive 

products. This course allows students to 

explore the role of 2D and 3D animation in 

the production of interactive products. 

VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: VE1438 - Computer Graphics or 

GD1403 - Typography for Digital Media 

This course introduces techniques in type 

design and animation using compositing 

software. Emphasis is on design, 

storytelling and technical precision. 

VE3453 - Intermediate VFX 



Prerequisite: VE2453 - Introduction to VFX 

and VE2450 - Maps, Mattes, and Masks 

Utilizing various painting and compositing 

packages students will learn the principles 

of rotoscoping and digital painting, as 

applied to rig removal and special effects. 

71

Students will also build upon the principles 

in previous classes towards the creation of 

more advanced live action composites. 

VE3457 - Post-Production Management 

4 credits 


Students will learn to manage the production 

process. They will develop skill in managing 

clients and personnel. Students will discover the 

critical nature of preplanning and organization. 

Course will explore the various technical and 

artist issues that effect a project. Students 

will understand the financial implications of 

project management. Skill will be developed 

in establishing timelines and deadlines. 

VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for VFX 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: VE3453 - Intermediate VFX 

This course will prepare students for on-set 

supervisory roles in the visual effects industry. 

By utilizing a complete survey of lighting 

conditions and physical set measurements, 

students will acquire the necessary data to 

incorporate 3D elements into live action plates. 

VE3477 - 3D Effects 

4 credits 


Within a 3D environment, students will use 

dynamic simulation, particle systems, and 

rigid bodies to create a variety of convincing 

effects, including natural phenomena. 

This course will build a foundation for 

students to create complex, dynamic effects, 

integrated into live action footage. 

VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics 



Prerequisite: VE2486 - Broadcast Graphics 

This course will expose students to the disciplines 

used in finalizing a video or animation project 

using compositing software. The class will 

reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, and 

vocabulary that students have learned in previous 

classes. More sophisticated tools and techniques 

will be introduced. Each student should produce 

a final edited project utilizing these skills. 

VE3490 - Advanced Editing Principles 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: CA2440 Digital Video Editing 

Advanced editing gives students the opportunity 

to refine knowledge and skill learned in the 

introductory and intermediate editing courses. 

The main focus of advanced editing is applying 

shot relations and transitions by creating a 

short video from original idea to edited master. 

Students explore shot relationships temporally, 

graphically, spatially, and rhythmically. 

VE4463 - Advanced VFX I 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: VE3453 - Intermediate VFX and VE3465 

- Digital Cinematography for Visual Effects 

This course will continue to explore the 

disciplines used in creating and compositing 

video shot on a blue or green screen. More 

sophisticated methods will be introduced 

for color correcting and adjusting video to 

produce seamless composites. The class will 

reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, 

and vocabulary that students have learned in 

previous classes. The concepts of background 

replacement and the use of miniatures in 

visual effects will also be introduced. 

VE4467 - Production Studio I 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: VE3465 - Digital Cinematography for VFX 

Students will build upon foundation skills 

in broadcast design and visual effects by 

simulating a real world production environment. 

Emphasis will be placed on the competitive 

and collaborative aspects of production, as well 

as various professional methods, procedures, 

techniques, skills, resources, and equipment. 

VE4473 - Advanced VFX II 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: VE4463 - Advanced VFX I 

In this course, the further exploration of 3D 

tracking and matchmoving concepts will be 

emphasized to create more complex interaction 

between 3D elements and live action footage. 

Advanced 3D lighting systems will be introduced 

to produce photorealistic composites. 

VE4486 - Advanced Broadcast Graphics 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: VE3486 - Intermediate Broadcast Graphics 

This course will expose students to more 

advanced compositing techniques. The class 

will reinforce compositing concepts, techniques, 

and vocabulary that students have learned in 

previous classes. More sophisticated tools and 

techniques will be introduced. The class will focus 

mainly on group-oriented projects. Each student 

will have a vital role in producing a group project 

involving, animation, live action video, editing, 

and compositing for a final portfolio piece. 

WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE 

MEDIA COURSES 

IM1480 - Fundamentals Of 

Interactive Design 


or higher to pass in WDIM. 


The course introduces students to the history, 

trends, terminology, and concepts in the field of 

interactive design. Through materials presented 

in the course, students become familiar with 

the roles and responsibilities of people working 

in the field, professional organizations, and 

significant organizations. Students are also 

introduced to the basic concepts and tools for 

developing interactive media applications. 

IM2420 - Fundamentals of 

Scripting Languages 



Prerequisite: IM1480 - Fundamentals 

of Interactive Design 

Students develop and refine basic programming 

skills. Emphasis is placed on programming 

concepts including logic, problem solving, 

process flow and flowcharting, syntax 

and structures, and debugging and 

troubleshooting. Students will acquire skills 

needed to design, develop, and produce 

practical interactive applications. 

IM2440 - User Centered Interface Design 

4 credits 


This course provides students with the skills 

to design interactive interfaces. Emphasis is 

placed on examination of the information 

architecture, communication and business 

goals, media, and delivery platform. 

Students will develop an interface prototype 

that meets the goals of the project. 

IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring 

4 credits 


This course will introduce the student to concepts 

and designs utilized in the development of 

education, sales, and marketing presentations. 

Students will create an integrated, interactive 

multimedia presentation using the basic concepts 

and principles of multimedia and graphic design. 

IM2470 - Interactive Motion Graphics 

4 credits 


of Interactive Design 

An advanced course that applies motion 

graphics as an integrated interactive solution; 

students will script interaction, sequencing, 

and motion for interactive projects. 

Optimization is a critical consideration in the 

creation of the user-centered experience. 

IM2480 - Digital Video Production 

4 credits 


Students will demonstrate knowledge of 

editing using non-linear editing software 

and hardware in a computer lab. Students 

will produce and edit video and audio 

using digital desktop video techniques. 

IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: IM2470 - Interactive Motion Graphics 

An advanced course that applies motion 

graphics as an integrated interactive solution; 

students will script interaction, sequencing, 

and motion for interactive projects. 

Optimization is a critical consideration in the 

creation of the user-centered experience. 

IM3411 - Writing For Interactive Design 

4 credits 


This is a specialized writing course for 

interactive design. Students will learn the 

unique characteristics and techniques of 

media writing and apply them to interactive 

media production. Students will also learn to 

conduct research for media writing projects. 

IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages 




of Scripting Languages 

Students will refine dynamic scripting 

skills to develop complex interactivity and 

applications (applets). The course also 

examines client-side forms in conjunction 

with server-side scripting applications. 

IM3460 - Intermediate Authoring 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring 

This course will build on the skills taught 

in the Introduction to Authoring class. 

Students will design production quality 

interactive presentations using intermediatelevel 

scripting techniques focusing on 


good user interface design and usability. 

IM4420 - Dynamic Web Applications 



Prerequisite: IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages 

Students apply user-centered design principles, 

database structures and server side scripting 

to design and develop content for serverbased 

dynamic delivery. Attention will be 

paid to design issues relating to the display 

of dynamic content on the screen and how 

that dynamic content will be delivered. 

IM4440 - Usability Evaluation 

4 credits 


This course introduces students to concepts and 

techniques used in usability evaluation. Through 

theories presented in the course, students 

learn ways to research, design, implement, and 

analyze evaluation of interactive projects. 

IM4470 - E-Learning Design & Applications 

4 credits 


of Scripting Languages 

This course will introduce students to the 

principles of instructional design as applied 

to e-learning. The course introduces different 

options for authoring tools, principles of effective 

design, instructional analysis, and production 

of e-learning materials. Students design, build, 

evaluate, and revise instructional applications 

using industry standard authoring systems. 

IM4480 - Web Design & Interactive 

Media Production Team 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages 

and IM2490 Interactive Motion Scripting 

This course focuses on the interactive design 

project management process. The development 

of the project team as key to the successful 

achievement of interactive design project goals 

is stressed. The process examines the main 

elements required in every proposal/plan, time 

frame, and budget. The course also examines 

issues of copyright and intellectual property 

as they relate to project implementation. 

IM4490 - Special Topics in Web 

Design & Interactive Media 

4 credits 

Prerequisite: IM2490 - Interactive Motion Scripting 

and IM3420 - Advanced Scripting Languages 

and IM2460 - Introduction to Authoring 

Topics are based upon important trends and 

developments in Web Design & Interactive 

Media. Lectures, demonstrations, or research 

reports pertaining to areas of interest in Web 

Design & Interactive Media are presented by 

resident faculty, expert visitors, and working 

professionals. Group projects may also be assigned. 

Study and discussion of computer hardware, 

operating systems, networking, programming 

languages, interactive digital media, streaming 

media, entrepreneurship, marketing, workgroup 

organization, and the interactive industry. 

73

FACULTY 

Many of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota faculty members are 

working professionals with impressive 

achievements in their field. 

ADVERTISING FACULTY 

Nicole Engravallo (Adjunct) 

M.Ed.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Patrick Faricy (Part-time) 

M.B.A., University of California – Irvine; 

B.F.A., Art Center College of Design – Pasadena, CA 

Rick Friede (Adjunct) 

B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Rebecca John (Part-time) 

M.A., University of Phoenix Online; 

B.A., University of St. Thomas 

Jennifer McDowell (Full-time) 

M.B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.A., University of Virginia 

Anjila Olsen (Adjunct) 

M.P.A.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

°John Schulz (Full-time) 

Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & Retail 

Management / Fashion Retailing Academic Director 

B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison 

Jennifer Thompson (Full-time) 

M.Phil., University of Glasgow – Scotland; 

B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University 

Rachel Whisenant (Part-time) 

M.B.A., Westminster College - Salt Lake City; 

B.A., Brigham Young University 

AUDIO PRODUCTION FACULTY 

Joshua Clausen (Adjunct) 

M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.Mu., Concordia College – Moorhead 

Jake Davis (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., California Institutes of the Arts – Valencia; 

B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Duluth 

Andrew Matthews (Adjunct) 

M.A.; B.A., California State University – Chico 

Dan Walzer (Full-time) 

M.Mu., University of Cincinnati; 

B.Mu., Bowling Green State University 

°David Wilharm (Full-time) 

Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation / 

Visual Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director 

M.L.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.Arch.; B.S., North Dakota State University 

CULINARY ARTS FACULTY 

°Mike Autenrieth (Full-time) 

Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management 

Academic Director 

M.H.A., University of Nevada – Las Vegas; 

B.A., Metropolitan State University; 

A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island; 

C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel 

& Lodging Association 

Tatum Barile (Full-time) 

A.A.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota; 

C.H.E., American Hotel & Lodging Association 

Jessica Bartl (Part-Time) 

A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York; 


Nathan Beauchamp (Full-time) 

A.O.S., Culinary Institute of America – New York 

Jessica Becker (Full-time) 

B.A., Goucher College – Maryland; 

A.O.S., New England Culinary Institute; 


Jon Belleau (Full-time) 


Amy Carter (Full-time) 


CEPC, American Culinary Federation; 


Seth Bixby Daugherty (Full-time) 



Desiree Dorwart (Full-time) 

B.A., Minnesota State University – Moorhead; 


Byron Korus (Full-time) 

Ed.D., Hamline University; M.A., St. Mary’s University 

- Twin Cities; B.S., North Dakota State University; 

C.E.C., A.A.C., C.C.E., American Culinary Federation; 


Stephen Lerach (Full-time) 

Culinary Arts Assistant Academic Director 

M.L.S.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 


Donna Simmons (Full-time) 

B.S., University of Minnesota – Duluth; 


Darrel Smith (Full-time) 

M.Ed., Phoenix University; B.S., Georgia State 

University; A.A., The Art Institute of Atlanta; 


Hope Walburn (Part-Time) 

B.A. University of Minnesota – Morris; A.A.S., Baking 

and Pastry, The Art Institutes International Minnesota; 


Pat Weber (Full-time) 

B.S., Florida International University; 



Fred Weiss (Full-time) 

B.A., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee; 

A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island 

74 


Mark Williams (Full-time) 

B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

DESIGN MANAGEMENT FACULTY 

Walter Lambert (Full-time) 

Ph.D.; M.B.A., University of Texas – Austin; 

M.S.Ch.E.; B.S.Ch.E, University of Cincinnati 

Jim Paulos (Full-time) 

M.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.S., University of Wisconsin – Madison 





Jim Ullyot (Part-time) 

M.B.A., Harvard University; A.B., Harvard College 

DIGITAL FILM & VIDEO 

PRODUCTION FACULTY 

Rolf Belgum (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of California – San Diego; 

B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Benjamin Gottfried (Full-time) 

M.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison; 

B.A., St. John’s University – Minnesota 

Jenny Hanson (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., TransArt University – Austria; 

B.A., Augsburg University 

Jay Horan (Adjunct) 

M.F.A, University of Southern California; 

B.A., Macalester College 

James Horwitz (Full-time) 

M.F.A.; M.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison; 

B.A., University of Connecticut 

°Colleen Mullins (Full-time) 

Photograpgy / Digital Film & Video Production / 

Digital Image Management Academic Director 

M.F.A, University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.A., San Francisco State University 

Mara Pelecis (Adjunct) 

M.F.A, School of the Art Institute of Chicago; 

B.A., St. Olaf College 

Barbara Wiener (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., Universtiy of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

B.A., Austin College – Texas 

FASHION & RETAIL MANAGEMENT FACULTY 

Susan Dunlap (Adjunct) 

M.M.A.; B.A, Metropolitan State University 

MaryBeth Gagner (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., University of Washington – Seattle; 

B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College 

Cari Gelle (Full-time) 

M.Ed., Argosy University; 


Kristy Janigo (Full-time) 

B.S., North Dakota State University 

Alyssa Marsh (Adjunct) 

B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead 

Kathryn Reiley (Adjunct) 

Ph.D.; M.A.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 





KelliRae Sebwe (Full-time) 

M.S., Argosy University; 

B.S., University of Wisconsin – Madison 

Kevin Wilkinson (Full-time) 

M.B.A., University of New Hampshire – Durham; 

B.S., Plymouth State University – Plymouth, NH 

GENERAL EDUCATION FACULTY 

Katherine Althlathini (Adjunct) 

M.A., The American University in Cairo; 


°Janica Austad (Full-time) 

General Education Academic Director 

M.Ed., McGill University – Montreal, Canada; 

B.A.; C.C.S., Concordia University – Montreal, Canada 

Lisa Buboltz (Adjunct) 

Ph.D., Harvard University; 

M.A.; B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison 

Jeff Burkett (Full-time) 

M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University – Mankato 

Michael Courteau (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Hamilne University; M.A., University of St. Mary’s 

– Twin Cities; B.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison 

Nicholas Deacon (Adjunct) 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.S., University of Iowa 

Jeremy Frandrup (Full-time) 

M.A., Hamline University; 

B.A., Metropolitan State University 

Robert Guthrie (Adjunct) 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska; 

M.S., University of Texas – El Paso; 

B.S., Winona State University; B.S., Purdue University 

Jenny Herbst (Part-time) 

M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.A., University de Chile – Santiago 

James Holdman (Adjunct) 

Ph.D.; M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.A., Oakland University – Rochester, MI 

Satish Jayaraj (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., Hamline University; B.A., Purdue University 

Jeremy Lawson (Full-time) 

M.S., University of Tennessee; 

B.S., Marshall University – Huntington, WV 

Gary Lehtola (Adjunct) 

M.S.; B.S., University of Oulu – Finland 

William Lendway (Adjunct) 

M.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Barb Ludins (Adjunct) 

M.A., Adler Graduate School; 


Sarah Matthey (Adjunct) 

M.A., University of St. Thomas; 


Ed McBride (Full-time) 

M.S.; B.S., Minnesota State University – Mankato 

Lisa McDaniel (Full-time) 

M.A., St. Mary’s University – Twin Cities; 

M.A., Southern Methodist University – Dallas; 

B.A., University of Illinois – Urbana 

Laura Moyer (Full-time) 

M.A., University of St. Thomas; 


Tim Nagle (Part-time) 

Ph.D.; M.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.S., Northern Michigan University; 

B.S., Oregon State University 

Dana Nissen (Full-time) 

Ph.D., Graduate Theological Foundation – Indiana; 

Th.M., Lutheran School of Theology – Chicago; 

M.Div., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; 


Sarah Orman (Full-time) 



Renee Rosen (Adjunct) 

Ph.D.; M.S., North Dakota State University; 

B.A., University of St. Thomas 

Ricardo Sanchez (Adjunct) 

M.A., University of London – Wye, UK; 

B.Sc., Colombia National University – Palmira, Colombia 

Renae Sauter (Part-time) 



Tony Steblay (Part-time) 

M.F.A.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Tim Storsved (Adjunct) 

Ph.D.; M.S., North Dakota State University; 

B.S., Minnesota State University – Moorhead 

Natalie Stowe (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., Minnesota State University – Mankato; 

M.A., Simmons College – Boston; B.A., St. Olaf College 

Christopher Title (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Hamline University; 


B.A., Northern Arizona State University – Flagstaff 

Deborah Weiss (Full-time) 


B.A., St. Cloud State University 

Kelly Westhoff (Adjunct) 


B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead 

Thomas Wortman (Adjunct) 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University; 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; 

B.A., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania 

GRAPHIC DESIGN FACULTY 

James L. Dean (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University College for the Creative Arts – 

Kent, UK; B.A., Northbrook College – Sussex, UK 

Clay DuVal (Full-time) 

75

M.Ed., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.S., University of Wisconsin – Stout 

Brendon Farley (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Boise State University; 

B.F.A., Columbus College of Art & Design 

Jim Felgate (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 


B.F.A., St. Cloud State University 

Doug Garder (Full-time) 

M.F.A., West Virginia University – Morgantown; 

B.A., Southern Illinois University – Edwardsville 

Peter Gaustad (Full-time) 



B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Anne George (Part-time) 

M.F.A., Rutgers University; 

B.F.A., The School of the Art Institute of Chicago 

Randall Holbrook (Part-time) 

J.D., Hamline University; 

B.A., St. John’s College – Maryland 

Julie Longo (Full-time) 

B.F.A., Iowa State University 

Lisa Loudon (Full-time) 

M.F.A., University of Nebraska – Lincoln; 

B.F.A., University of Nebraska – Omaha 

Matthew Luken (Part-time) 

M.A.S.; B.S., Embry–Riddle Aeronautical University 

William Reynolds (Full-time) 

M.Ed., College of St. Catherine – St. Paul; 

B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design 

°Jelena Song (Full-time) 

Graphic Design / Web Design & Development / 

Web Design & Interactive Communications / 

Web Design & Interactive Media Academic Director 

M.Arch., B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

John Thomas (Full-time) 

B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design 

Doug Westendorp (Full-time) 

M.F.A., B.F.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT FACULTY 

°Mike Autenrieth (Full-time) 

Culinary Arts / Hospitality Management 

Academic Director 

M.H.A., University of Nevada – Las Vegas; 


A.S., Johnson & Wales University - Rhode Island; 

C.H.A., C.H.E., American Hotel 

& Lodging Association 

Natalie Goldston (Full-time) 

B.S., University of Wisconsin – River Falls 

INTERIOR DESIGN AND INTERIOR 

PLANNING WITH AUTOCAD FACULTY 

Jessica Ainsworth-Truong (Full-time) 

M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

LEED AP Legacy 

°Marissa Alexander (Full-time) 

Interior Design Academic Director 

M.Arch.; B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

Beata Fleischmann (Full-time) 

B.S., The Art Institutes International Minnesota; 

NCIDQ® Certificate #178870; LEED AP Legacy 

Maria Garrido Santos (Full-time) 

M.L.S.; B.S., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

A.S., The Art Institute of Fort Lauderdale; 

NCIDQ® Certificate #205507 

Korrin Lohmann (Full-time) 


Amy Meller (Part-time) 


LEED AP Legacy, AIA 

Mythili Thiagarajan (Adjunct) 

M.Arch., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.Arch., University School of Architecture 

and Planning – Chenna, India; 

LEED AP Legacy, AIA 

Elsa Wenz (Part-time) 


Dan Whittaker (Full-time) 


NCIDQ® Certificate #021217; LEED AP Legacy 

Jill Winkler (Adjunct) 


AIA 

MEDIA ARTS & ANIMATION FACULTY 

Jonathan Dege (Full-time) 


Shannon Gilley (Full-time) 


Steve Paul (Full-time) 

B.A., University of Iowa – Iowa City 

Jason Rivera (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., Full Sail University; 

B.S., The Art Institute of Las Vegas 

Lafe Smith (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design; 

B.A., University of Iowa 






PHOTOGRAPHY FACULTY 

Caroline Houdek (Full-time) 


B.F.A., College of Visual Arts 

Wayne Jenkins (Part-time) 

M.F.A., Arizona State University; 

B.A., University of California – Riverside 

Brett Kallusky (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art; 

B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – River Falls 

Kenneth Kunkle (Adjunct) 

J.D., Hamline University; B.A., Wichita State University 

Anthony Marchetti (Full-time) 



°Colleen Mullins (Full-time) 

Photograpgy / Digital Film & Video Production / 

Digital Image Management Academic Director 

M.F.A, University of Minnesota – Twin Cities; 

B.A., San Francisco State University 

Becky Olstad (Full-time) 

M.S., Boston University; 


Areca Roe (Adjunct) 


B.A., Oberlin College – Oberlin, OH 

Rich Ryan (Part-time) 


Michelle Westmark (Adjunct) 

M.F.A., Pratt Institute – Brooklyn, NY; 

B.A., Bethel University 

Sarah Whiting (Part-time) 

M.F.A., Savannah College of Art and Design; 

B.G.S., University of Michigan 

VISUAL EFFECTS & MOTION 

GRAPHICS FACULTY 

Kinsey Engelmann (Adjunct) 

M.A., North Carolina State University; 

B.F.A., Univeristy of Wisconsin – Stout 

Michael Heagle (Full-time) 

B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee 






WEB DESIGN & INTERACTIVE 

MEDIA FACULTY 

Tim Armato (Full-time) 

M.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design; 


Douglas Brull (Full-time) 

B.F.A., University of Wisconsin – Oshkosh; 


Derrin Evers (Full-time) 


John Keston (Full-time) 


Ken Korth (Full-time) 


B.F.A., Brigham Young University 

Dana Nybo (Full-time) 

M.B.A., University of Phoenix Online; 

B.A., Winona State University 

°Jelena Song (Full-time) 

Graphic Design / Web Design & Development / 

Web Design & Interactive Communications / 

Web Design & Interactive Media Academic Director 

M.Arch., B.A., University of Minnesota – Twin Cities 

76 


The Art Institutes International Minnesota staff 

members are committed to students and to 

providing quality, outcome oriented education. 

PRESIDENT’S OFFICE 

Jeffrey S. Allen, Ph.D. 

President 

612-656-6863 

Jeanne Theberath 

Executive Assistant 

612-656-6863 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

Susan Tarnowski, Ph.D. 

Dean of Academic Affairs 

612-656-6860 

Amber Buckner 

Administrative Assistant 

612-656-6861 

Marissa Alexander 

Interior Design Academic Director 

612-656-7565 

Janica Austad 

General Education Academic Director 

612-656-7512 

Mike Autenrieth 

Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management Academic Director 

612-656-6819 

Jennifer McDowell 

Director of Faculty Development 

612-656-6981 

Steve Lerach 

Culinary Arts/Hospitality Management 

Assistant Academic Director 

612-656-6934 

ADMINISTRATION 

Colleen Mullins 

Digital Film & Video Production / 

Photography Academic Director 

612-656-6852 

John Schulz 

Advertising / Design Management / Fashion & 

Retail Management Academic Director 

612-656-6872 

Jelena Song 

Graphic Design / Web Design & Interactive 

Media Academic Director Academic Director 

612-656-6966 

David Wilharm 

Audio Production / Media Arts & Animation/Visual 

Effects & Motion Graphics Academic Director 

612-656-6954 

Liz Adamsick 

Academic Advisor 

612-656-6879 

Tarah Bjorklund 


612-656-7564 

Claire Hilgeman 


612-656-7520 

Bavi Weston 


612-656-7560 

Steve Liska 

Librarian 

612-656-6827 

REGISTRAR’S OFFICE 

Desiree Boie 

Registrar 

612-656-6837 

Erin Richards 

Record Assistant 

612-656-6834 

TECHNOLOGY 

Greg Lockhart 

Campus Technology Manager 

612-656-6841 

Nikki Austin 

Technology Support Supervisor 

612-656-6821 

Mark Thomes 

Sr. Desktop and Media Resources Analyst 

612-656-6826 

Jim Bozic 

Desktop Analyst 

612-656-6831 

Andrew Schroeder 

ECage Manager 

612-656-6807 

ADMINISTRATIVE AND 

FINANCIAL SERVICES 

Dave Aune 

Director of Administrative 

and Financial Services 

612-656-6859 

Jeffrey Lee 

Accounting Supervisor 

612-656-6845 

Crysta Hinson 

General Accountant 

612-656-6832 

Clint Lambeth 

Collector 

612-656-6985 

77

Barry Rosenman 

Supply Store Manager 

612-656-6864 

Erik Thompson 

Print Service Manager 

612-656-6824 

STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 

Kimberly Steele 

Director of Student Financial Services 

612-656-6876 

Jenna Bakken 

Associate Director of Student Financial Services 

612-656-6840 

Angela Olson 

Associate Director of Student Financial Services 

612-656-6828 

Craig McCoy 

Senior Financial Aid Officer 

612-656-6843 

Lena Collister 

Financial Aid Officer 

612-656-6959 

Melissa Giacomini 


612-656-6804 

Dan Hedegard 

Loan Coordinator 

612-656-7647 

Hannah Hedegard 


612-656-6963 

Charla Hudlow 


612-656-6802 

Amy Learn 


612-656-7541 

Elizabeth Leland 


612-656-7544 

Natalie Lynch 


612-656-6833 

Alisha Rawana 


612-656-6828 

Jonathan Schill 


612-656-6838 

Amanda Temple 


612-332-3361 

Jason Twombly 


612-656-6842 

Jamie Gordon 

Student Financial Services 


612-656-6828 

HUMAN RESOURCES 

Patrick Chen 

Director of Human Resources 

612-656-6848 

Susie Charais 

Human Resources Generalist 

612-656-6847 

CAREER SERVICES 

Becky Bates 

Director of Career Services 

612-656-6854 

Samantha Abbott 

Student Employment Advisor 

612-656-6849 

Alma Allen 

Senior Career Services Advisor 

612-656-6962 

Jodi Gruenwald 

Senior Career Services Advisor 

612-656-6851 

Angie Lira 

Career Services Advisor 

612-656-6818 

Andrea Obrycki 


612-656-6850 

Andrea Renaud 


612-656-6823 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

Pam Boersig 

Dean of Student Affairs 

612-656-6865 

Rob Anderson 

Director of Residence Life and Housing 

612-656-6835 

Teresa Hash 

Residence Life Coordinator 

Valerie Johnson 

Student Support/Disability Services Coordinator 

612-656-6866 

Julie Kesterke 

Student Development Coordinator 

612-656-6892 

ADMISSIONS 

Mary Strand 

Senior Director of Admissions 

612-656-6820 

Jeff Mammenga 

Director of Admissions 

612-656-6803 

Eric Weidmann 


612-656-6907 

Cathie Carlson 

Assistant Director of Admissions 

612-656-7561 

Jason Chinander 


612-656-6814 

Bailey England 


612-656-6816 

Jay Edwards 


612-656-6882 

Sofia Farone 


612-656-7567 

Tabitha Fischer 


612-656-6927 

Laura Fulayter 


612-656-7592 

Sherry Hanson 


612-656-6810 

Gretchen Haynes 


612-656-6871 

Aaron Heiner 


612-656-6812 

Joe Hysell 


612-656-6836 

Jean Anne Janes 

Associate Director of Admissions 

612-656-6900 

Amanda Jones 


612-656-7540 

Jolene Luehrs 


612-656-6805 

Ashley McNamara 


612-656-7587 

Michael Miller 


612-656-6870 

Nick Mueller 


612-656-7568

Jim Novak 


612-656-6808 

Kris Pearson 


612-656-6806 

Jesse Reed 


612-656-6884 

Mark Stanaszek 


612-656-7650 

Tom Trundle 


612-656-6977 

Jenn Walter 


612-656-7610 

LeAnna Wangerin 


612-656-6809 

Jack May 

Assistant Director of Re-Admissions 

612-656-6829 

Erin Finnegan 

Enrollment Processor 

612-656-7632 

Jeremy Klein 

Enrollment Processor 

612-656-6890 

Matthew Johnson 

Mailroom Coordinator 

612-656-6816 

Jan Campbell 

Receptionist 

612-656-7600 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

Pam Carter-Mendenhall – Chair 

Board Member 

Owner 

Mendenhall Interiors 

Dorothy Fenwick, Ph.D. 

Board Member 

President 

Association of Commissions 

Linda Hunter 

Board Member 

Vice President, Human Resources 


John Knepper 

Board Member 

Private Consultant 

Newton Myvett 

Board Member 

Vice President, Admissions 

Education Management, LLC 

Timothy Newman 

Board Member 

President, CEO 

Charlotte Regional Visitors Authority 

Jeffrey S. Allen, Ph.D. 

Ex-Officio 

President 




BOARD OF DIRECTORS 


International LLC has a three-member 

Board of Directors, located at 210 Sixth 

Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15222. 

The members are Edward H. West, Todd 

S. Nelson, and John M. Mazzoni. 

79

GENERAL 

INFORMATION 

ADMISSIONS 

CAMPUS VISIT 

Prospective students are encouraged to visit The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota, although 

a visit is not a condition for submitting the 

Application for Admission and the Enrollment 

Agreement. Arrangements for an interview and 

tour of the campus may be made by contacting: 

OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS 



15 SOUTH 9TH STREET 

MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402 

612-332-3361 OR 

TOLL-FREE: 1-800-777-3643 

ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS 

All applicants are admitted into The 


based on the following criteria: 

• An official copy of high school transcripts 

from an accredited educational 

institution or a GED certificate 

including proof of graduation. 

• A minimum high school GPA of 1.5 or 

a GED certificate including proof of 

graduation if an applicant is applying 

for an Associate’s program. 

• A minimum High School GPA of 2.5 

if an applicant is applying for an a 

Bachelor’s degree in Audio Production. 

• Students applying for Diploma 

programs in Fashion Retailing, Digital 

Image Management, Web Design & 

Development, and Web Design & Interactive 

Communication may demonstrate 

preparedness by either college transcripts 

showing relevant coursework or portfolio, 

and a program-specific essay of 250 words. 

The following will also be considered: Portfolio, 

or body of work in their program of interest, 

successful completion of placement exam, 

norm referenced exams like the ACT, and 

successful completion of post secondary 

education. High school seniors who have not 

yet graduated should submit a partial transcript 

that indicates their expected graduation date. 

Students who have completed high school 

or its equivalent, yet cannot provide the 

necessary documentation, may provide alternate 

documentation to satisfy this requirement. The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota President or 

designee must approve all exceptions. A student 

may submit proof of an Associate’s degree 

that is fully transferable to a Bachelor’s degree 

from any accredited post-secondary school to 

satisfy the high school or GED requirement. 

ENROLLMENT PROCEDURE 

An application for admission must be completed, 

signed by the applicant and sent to The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota with a $50 

application fee. As part of the application, 

the applicant is required to independently 

conceive and write an essay of approximately 

150 words stating how his/her education at The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota will help 

attain his/her career goals. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota also requires a high 

school transcript or GED scores. A student may 

submit proof of a degree from any accredited 

post-secondary school to satisfy the high school 

or GED requirement. Applicants must submit 

a completed enrollment agreement and are 

assessed a $100 enrollment fee which is due 

within 10 days of submitting an application. 

Applicants not accepted for admission will 

receive a full refund of all fees paid. 

Each school quarter is typically 11 weeks. The 

quarterly tuition and fees charged are subject 

to adjustment annually. Students are given a 

notice of 90 days in the event of an adjustment. 

The starting kit is optional and consists of 

basic equipment, first-quarter textbooks 

and materials required for beginning each 

program. A list of the components of the 

starting kit is provided to each enrolled 

student. These materials may be purchased at 

The Art Institute or at most supply stores. 


reserves the right to schedule or 

reschedule classes to accommodate 

classroom and facility usage. 

INTERNATIONAL 

ADMISSIONS POLICY 

All international (nonimmigrant) applicants 

to The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

must meet the same admissions standards as 

all other students (Please refer to Admissions 

Requirements for all students in The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota Catalog). 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY 

All applicants to The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota whose first language is not English 

must demonstrate competence in the English 

language. Demonstration that English is an 

applicant’s “first” language can be satisfied if the 

applicant submits a diploma from secondary 

school (or above) in a system in which English 

is the official language of instruction. If 

English is not the applicant’s “first” language, 

the applicant will need to meet the minimum 

English Language Proficiency standard through 

submission of an official minimum score on the 

written Test of English as a Foreign Language 

(TOEFL) or its TOEFL Internet (iBT) equivalent. 

A minimum score of 480 on the written TOEFL 

is required for diploma programs. A minimum 

of 500 on the written TOEFL or 61 on the 

TOEFL Internet (iBT) is required for all associate 

and bachelor’s level degree programs. 

Applicants should contact the Admissions 

Office to determine other examinations for 

which official scores, equivalent to TOEFL, 

are acceptable as an alternative to TOEFL. 

The above stated English language proficiency 

requirements are effective November 1, 2004.

ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS FOR 

NONIMMIGRANT STUDENTS 

Applicants seeking to enroll in valid 

student nonimmigrant status must 

submit each of the following items: 

• A completed and signed Application for 

Admission Form including required essay; 

• A completed and signed 

Enrollment Agreement; 

• Original or official copies of all educational 

transcripts (high school and, if applicable, 

university level academic records) 

and diplomas. These educational 

transcripts and diplomas must be 

prepared in English or include a complete 

and official English translation; 

• Official credential evaluation of non-American 

educational credentials, if applicable. 

• Proof of English language proficiency (see 

English language proficiency policy); 

• A completed and signed Sponsor’s Statement 

of Financial Support; (This statement is not 

required if the student is self-sponsored;) 

• Official Financial Statements. Financial 

statements (typically provided by 

a bank) must verify sufficient funds 

to cover the cost of the educational 

program as well as all living expenses; 

• A U.S. $50 non-refundable application fee 

and a U.S. $100 refundable tuition deposit; 

• A photocopy of the student’s passport to 

provide proof of birth date and citizenship 

(Students outside the United States who 

have not yet acquired a passport will need 

to submit a copy of their birth certificate); 

• For all nonimmigrant applicants residing 

in the United States at the time of 

application: a photocopy of the visa page 

contained within the student’s passport as 

well as a photocopy of the student’s I/94 

arrival departure record (both sides); 

• For all nonimmigrant applicants residing 

in the United States at the time of 

application in either F, M, or J non-immigrant 

classification: written confirmation of 

nonimmigrant status at previous school 

attended before transferring to The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota. 

• Proof of Health Insurance. Students who 

do not possess health insurance upon 

applying to The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota must be prepared to purchase 

health insurance through an approved 

provider upon commencement of studies. 

If an applicant seeking to enroll in valid 

student nonimmigrant status is transferring 

from a college or university in the United 

States, the International Student Transfer 

Clearance Form is also required. 

If the applicant is accepted, he/she will be sent 

additional information regarding the student 

visa application process. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota is authorized under 

federal law to admit nonimmigrant students. 

ORIENTATION 

At the start of each quarter, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota hosts an orientation 

program for all new students and their parents. 

Students are advised of the date, time, and 

events. Attendance is recommended for all new 

students and parents are encouraged to attend. 

Incoming students participate 

in the Student Inventory. 

STUDENT ID CARDS 

Students are required to keep on their person 

their Student ID card issued by The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. Students must 

present their student ID to Security Guards 

upon entering buildings. Certain entrances 

and doors are kept locked at all times; student 

ID cards are used to access these locations 

through the use of the electronic lock. 

Student ID cards are also used to check 

out material in the library and equipment 

cage. ID cards are also required to receive 

any official student documentation. 

If a student loses his or her ID card he/she 

must immediately report the loss or theft to 

the Cage. There is a $15 replacement fee. 

FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 


includes over 100,000 square feet at our locations 

at 15 South 9th Street and 800 Hennepin 

Avenue in Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. In 

addition to classrooms, students will find studios, 

laboratories, offices, student lounges, a learning 

resource center, and an exhibition gallery. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota maintains an 

art supply store and printing service center for 

the convenience of students. The year-round class 

size for The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

averages approximately 21 students. Rarely 

would lecture classes exceed 45 or lab classes 

exceed 30 students. Equipment provided at The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota is specific 

to the program of study and includes computers, 

workstations, printers, as well as photo, video, and 

audio equipment. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is not responsible for loss or damage 

of student property, including artwork or photos. 

PLACEMENT EVALUATIONS 

Standardized placement evaluations are used 

at The Art Institutes International Minnesota as 

a means to place students in the appropriate 

Transitional or college level Mathematics or 

English course. (See Academic Affairs for a 

description of Transitional Studies.) Placement 

scores are not used to determine admission to 

the college. There are three assessments tests 

students may use: ACCUPLACER, ACT and SAT. 

SAT and ACT scores are considered to be valid for 

up to five years after the date of completing the 

evaluations. Students found to need assistance 

based on the placement evaluation will be 

required to enroll in appropriate Transitional 

Studies courses offered by the college. These 

courses are four credits in length and are charged 

at the current per-credit rate and do not count 

towards the required credits for graduation. 

ACCUPLACER 

For placement test scoring requirements 

and options, please speak with an Assistant 

Director of Admissions or the Academic 

Director of General Education. 

Students who score at least 57 in Mathematics 

sections and 87 in the English sections of 

the ACCUPLACER may be placed in the 

college level Mathematics or English course. 

Scoring below 57 in Mathematics or 87 in 

English will place a student in the appropriate 

Transitional Studies course. Students are 

only allowed to take the ACCUPLACER test 

a maximum of two times in each area. 

If a student receives transfer of credit for GE1410 

English I or GE2412 College Mathematics prior 

to the start of the quarter they are exempted 

from the appropriate assessment exam. 

ACT 

Students who score at least 18 in each section 

of the ACT will be placed in the appropriate 

college level English or Mathematics course. 

Scoring less than 18 in any given section will 

require the student to take the ACCUPLACER 

Assessment Placement prior to entering 

College level English or Mathematics. 

SAT 

Students who score at least 450 in each section 

of the SAT will be placed in the appropriate 

college level English or Mathematics course. 

Scoring less than 450 in any given section will 

require the student to take the ACCUPLACER 

Assessment Placement prior to entering 

College level English or Mathematics. 

ECOLLEGE AND VITALSOURCE 

SYSTEM AND HARDWARE 

SPECIFICATIONS 


uses eCollege and Vital Source to deliver its 

digital resources. As with any software, the 

faster the processor, the more RAM, and the 

larger hard drive space you provide, the better 

the performance. Users wanting to move 

their material to their hard drive may need 

additional space. It is also important that 

users understand the process and benefits of 

maintaining their machines in top operating 

condition by keeping them current with the latest 

operating system updates, correctly configuring 

virus control, and other beneficial habits. 

PREFERRED REQUIREMENTS: 

Preferred Software Specifications: 

Mac OSX 10.5 or 10.6 

- OR - 

Windows 7 or Vista with Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1 

• Latest version of Safari Browser, 

Mozilla Firefox, or Internet Explorer 

Preferred Hardware Specifications: 

• 2.0 GHz INTEL processor 

• 1 GB of RAM 

• Graphics card capable of 1024 

x 768 resolution or larger 

• Soundcard & speakers 

• High speed internet access 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: 

Minimum Software Specifications: 

Apple Mac OSX 10.4 

- OR - 

Microsoft Windows XP SP2 or higher 

with Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1 

• Safari browser 3.0.4 or higher, Mozilla Firefox 

2.0 or higher, Internet Explorer 6 or higher 

Minimum Hardware Specifications: 

• 1.0 GHz processor 

• 512 MB of RAM 

• Graphics card capable of 

1024x768 screen resolution 

81

• Dial-up internet access is the 

minimum standard, however, a 

higher speed is recommended 

NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota does 

not discriminate on the basis of race, genetic 

marker, gender, creed, color, age, ancestry, 

sexual orientation, religion, national origin, 

sex, disability, or any other characteristic 

protected by state, local, or federal law. 

Enrollees requiring additional educational 

or tuition assistance will be referred to 

appropriate government agencies or other 

special educational institutions equipped 

to handle such situations. For information, 

please contact the Office of Admissions. 


reserves the right to request any additional 

information necessary to evaluate an 

applicant’s potential for academic success. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL 

SERVICES 

Student Financial Services assists students 

and their families with financial plans to help 

ensure students’ completion of their programs. 

Financial Aid Officers from this department 

also help in the completion of federal and 

state applications for grants and loans. 

Once students’ eligibility for financial aid is 

determined, students receive help to develop 

plans for meeting educational expenses. 

BOOK PROCESS 

Students in need of purchasing books for 

their classes will need to sign an authorization 

form either approving or not approving the 

use of excess Title IV funds, if applicable, 

to cover the cost of books and supplies. If 

the purchase of books and supplies should 

exceed the amount of the student’s credit 

balance after all aid pays in, the remaining 

amount due will be posted to the student’s 

account and the student will be responsible for 

making alternative payment arrangements. 

Students who do not authorize and who 

have excess Title IV funding due to receiving 

funds from a Pell Grant will receive the lesser 

amount of either the amount of their Pell Grant 

excess or their full credit balance amount, 

for the term in question, within seven days 

of the start of the term. Students who do 

not authorize and who are receiving excess 

Title IV funds but do not have a Pell Grant 

will receive a stipend within the later of the 

term begin date or 14 days of the date of 

their credit balance on their ledger card. 

NON FEDERAL REFUND POLICY 

Refunds for state aid programs and nonstate 

aid programs are calculated on a 

proportional basis using the State mandated 

or institutional refund policy. To calculate 

the minimum refund due to the Minnesota 

State Grant program, the SELF Loan Program, 

and other aid programs, with the exception 

of the State Work Study Program, the 

Minnesota Office of Higher Education Refund 

Calculation Worksheet, Appendix 14, of the 

Minnesota State Grant manual is used. 

BUYER’S RIGHT TO CANCEL 

Each student will be notified of acceptance/ 

rejection in writing. In the event a 

student is rejected, all tuition, fees, and 

other charges will be refunded. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if 

a student gives written notice of cancellation 

within five business days of the execution of 

the contract or day on which the student is 

accepted, then a complete refund is given 

regardless of whether the program has started. 

If a student gives a written notice of 

cancellation after five business days of the 

execution of the contract or day on which the 

student is accepted, but before the start of the 

program by The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota, then all tuition, fees, and other 

charges, except 15 percent of the total cost 

of the program (15 percent not to exceed 

$50.00) shall be refunded to the student. 

If a student gives written notice of cancellation 

after the start of the period of instruction for 

which the student has been charged, but 

before completion of 75 percent of the period 

of instruction, then student is assessed a 

pro rata portion of tuition, fees and all other 

charges based on the number of days in the 

term plus 25 percent of the total program 

cost (25 percent not to exceed $100.00.) 

Any notice of cancellation shall be 

acknowledged in writing within 10 business 

days of receipt of such notice and all refunds 

shall be forwarded to the student within 

30 business days of receipt of such notice. 

This refund policy is not linked to any 

student conduct policy and any promissory 

instrument shall not be negotiated prior to 

the completion of 50 percent of the course. 

Written notice of cancellation shall take 

place on the date the letter of cancellation is 

postmarked, or, in the case where the notice 

is hand carried, it shall occur on the date 

the notice is delivered to The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. The date of execution 

of the enrollment agreement shall be presumed 

to be the date of delivery of the notice of 

acceptance, and if delivered by mail, the 

postmark dates of the letter of acceptance. 

Examples of the calculations for policy are 

available in the Student Accounting office. 


may change the refund policy when federal, 

state, or other policies change. Students will 

be given 60 days notice of any change. 

KIT RETURN POLICY 

During the first 6 days of the student’s 

attendance, the supply kit and individual 

components of the kit may be returned for 

a refund only if the item being returned is 

in good condition and able to be resold. 

NON-PAYMENT OF CHARGES 

Non-payment of tuition, housing, fees, 

and/or other charges due to The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota will 

result in the student being obligated for 

additional collection costs, collection 

agency costs, and legal costs. 

In addition, we reserve the right to report 

your failure to pay amounts owed to one or 

more national credit bureau organizations 

and not release your academic transcript 

until all your debts to us are paid in full. 

FINANCIAL AID 

All students are eligible to apply for 

financial assistance under various federal 

and state programs as follows: 

• Federal Stafford Loan 

(Subsidized/Unsubsidized) 

• Federal Pell Grant 

• Federal Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 

• Federal Work-Study 

• Federal PLUS Loan Program 

• State-Funded Student Assistance Programs 

• Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance 

• Veteran’s Administration Benefits 

Awards under these programs are based on 

the student meeting eligibility requirements, 

individual need, the availability of funds, and 

specific program requirements. A number 

of states also offer educational grants. Some 

states permit their residents to use the grants 

at schools outside of the state. Contact the 

Student Financial Services office for complete 

details about financial aid resources. 

Students receiving financial assistance must 

maintain satisfactory academic progress 

standards as outlined in this catalog. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

1. All students who receive federalsponsored 

financial assistance must 

maintain satisfactory academic progress 

for financial assistance eligibility. 

2. State grant eligibility is based on current 

regulations as detailed on the student’s 

state grant notice. Each student should 

refer to the award notice or contact the 

Student Financial Services department 

when his or her status changes. 

SUSPENSION AND 

REINSTATEMENT OF 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

Students who are suspended from a program 

of study or terminated from The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota are ineligible 

for financial assistance until they regain 

admission and comply with Satisfactory 

Academic Progress Policy requirements. 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

STUDENT APPEAL 

Students who are denied or suspended 

from financial assistance may file an 

appeal, under appropriate federal 

guidelines, with the College’s Student 

Financial Assistance Review Committee. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

REVIEW COMMITTEE 

This committee consists of the President, 

Director of Administrative and Financial 

Services, and Director of Student Financial 


Services. The committee is responsible for 

the review of all student financial-aid awards 

when there is a question regarding a student’s 

eligibility for such awards. Furthermore, the 

committee serves as an appeal panel when a 

student is denied financial assistance under 

the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy. 

Student FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

Appeal PROCESS 

Any student who is denied financial 

assistance under The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota’s Satisfactory 

Academic Progress Policy has the right to 

appeal such a decision. The student: 

1. Writes a letter to the attention of The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota’s 

Director of Student Financial Services that 

details all mitigating circumstances. This 

letter must be received within 10 days 

after notification of financial-aid denial 

2. Attaches any documents that 

give justification or reason for the 

student’s situation leading to the 

denial of financial assistance 

3. May request a personal appearance 

before the Student Financial 

Assistance Review Committee. 

The Review Committee: 

1. Secures a copy of the student’s 

academic and financial-aid records 

2. May request the appearance of the 

student to clarify any materials/ 

statements presented by the student 

3. Reviews the student’s records and all 

materials presented by the student, and 

renders a final decision regarding the 

student’s financial assistance status. 

STUDENT TUITION APPEAL PROCESS 

1. Students have the right to make a 

tuition appeal if an error by The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota 

results in the student’s inability to 

continue in a class or at the institution. 

2. The appeal should be in writing, and 

the letter should be directed to the 

Tuition Appeals committee. Letters 

should be delivered to the Dean of 

Academic Affairs, Susan Tarnowski, whose 

office is located in the Administration 

Office, 333 LaSalle building. 

3. The written tuition appeal must 

be filed within thirty days from the 

time of the discovery of the error. 

Documentation of the error should be 

provided with the letter of appeal. 

4. A response from the committee 

will be provided within three weeks 

of the receipt of the letter. 

5. If students have questions regarding 

the tuition appeal process, they should 

see the Dean of Student Affairs, Pam 

Boersig, located in 209 Pence. For 

questions about the results of the 

appeal, see Jeff Lee, Accounting. 

VETERANS’ INFORMATION 

The College is approved by the Minnesota State 

Approving Agency for veterans’ educational 

benefits and may receive assistance in the 

filing of appropriate forms from the Registrar’s 

office. These students must maintain 

satisfactory attendance and academic progress 

as outlined in this catalog. Make-up work is 

not permitted for the purpose of receiving 

Veteran’s Administration training allowances. 

SCHOLARSHIP & GRANT 

INFORMATION 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota offers 

various merit and competitive scholarships. 

Scholarships rules and awards may 

change after the printing of this 

catalog. For current information, please 

visit, http://www.artinstitutes.edu/ 

competitions/high-school.aspx. 

PASSION FOR FASHION 2012 TUITION 

SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDED 

Tuition Scholarships Awarded 

LOCAL 

Local First Place Winner: 

$3,000 tuition scholarship 

NATIONAL 

First Place: 

Full tuition scholarship 

Second Place: 

Half tuition scholarship 

Third Place: 

One-Third tuition scholarship 

National tuition scholarships will be awarded 

in addition to local prizes except when a 

winner receives a full tuition scholarship. 

Graduating high school students who 

are interested in entering the Fashion & 

Retail Management program are eligible to 

compete for a tuition scholarship. Tuition 

scholarships are non-transferable. 

To learn more, visit: www.artinstitutes.edu/ 

competitions/PassionforFashion.aspx. 


AND AMERICANS FOR THE ARTS POSTER 

DESIGN COMPETITION 2012 


LOCAL LEVEL 

Local first place winner: 


Local second place winner: 


NATIONAL LEVEL 

First Place: 

Full-tuition scholarship 

(awarded evenly over all quarters) 

Second Place: 

Half-tuition scholarship 


Third Place: 

Quarter-tuition scholarship 



in addition to local tuition scholarships. 

All tuition scholarships must be 

used at the location the student 

represents in the competition. Tuition 

scholarships are non-transferable. 

All decisions made by judges are 

final and may not be disputed. 

To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes. 

edu/Competitions/BestPoster.aspx 

BEST TEEN CHEF COMPETITION 2012 


First Place Winner 


All tuition scholarships are awarded toward 

a degree program. All tuition scholarships 

must be used at the location the student 

represents in the competition. 

Tuition scholarships are non-transferable. 

To learn more, visit: http://artinstitutes. 

edu/Competitions/BestTeenChef.aspx 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota 2012 

STORYTELLERS PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION 


LOCAL 

Local First Place Winner: 

$3,000 tuition scholarship and the 

opportunity to advance to the National 

Photographic Competition 

NATIONAL 

First Place: 

Full tuition scholarship 

Second Place: 

Half tuition scholarship 

Third Place: 

One-Third tuition scholarship 


in addition to local prizes except when a 

winner receives a full tuition scholarship. 

Graduating high school students who are 

interested in entering the Photography program 

are eligible to compete for a tuition scholarship. 

Tuition scholarships are non-transferable. 

To learn more, visit: http://www. 

artinstitutes.edu/competitions 

EVELYN KEEDY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP 

High school seniors who show dedication 

to their education and a desire for a creative 

career may apply for the Evelyn Keedy 

Memorial Scholarship through The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. This is a $30,000 

tuition scholarship. Details and applications 

may be obtained by contacting The Art 

Institute location of your choice or calling 

1-800-275-2440. Deadline is May 1, 2012. 

SCHOLARSHIP GUIDELINES 

An applicant must be a senior at a high school 

located within the United States. Deadline 

for entry is May 1, 2012. The winner will be 

notified by June 2, 2012 and must accept 

the scholarship offer by June 16, 2012. 

An offer not accepted by that date will be 

rescinded and offered to the first runner-up. 

ENTRY PREPARATION 

Applicants for the scholarship must submit: 

• A completed entry form indicating the 

College and program of study desired. 

• An official high school transcript indicating 

current grade point average and class rank. 

• A letter of recommendation from a 

guidance counselor or teacher. 

• A letter of recommendation from 

an employer, club sponsor, coach, 

or community service leader. 

• A typed résumé stating educational 

background, extracurricular activities, 

hobbies, work experience, community 

involvement, and awards. 

• A 200-word essay about their career 

choice and why they have chosen it. 

83

JUDGING 

A team of Admissions and High school 

program staff will select the winner and 

two runners-up. Decisions will be final. 

WINNER’S OBLIGATIONS 

The scholarship recipient must begin his or 

her program of study in the summer or fall 

quarter following high school graduation. 

The recipient must not interrupt his or her 

studies; interruption of studies will result in 

loss of the scholarship. The scholarship will be 

suspended in quarters when the recipient’s 

cumulative grade point average falls below 2.5. 

ENTRY MATERIALS 

All entry materials become the property of 


The judging team is not responsible for 

loss, damage, or return of entry materials. 

OTHER CONDITIONS 

The scholarship will be awarded only to a 

student who has been admitted to his or her 

chosen Art Institute location. In the event 

that the scholarship recipient’s education is 

terminated either by the student or The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota, scholarship 

becomes null and void. The scholarship is not 

redeemable for cash and may not be used 

to finance optional programs sponsored by 


The scholarship covers two academic years’ 

tuition (six quarters) only and may not 

be applied against fees, housing, living 

expenses, or program supplies, and may not 

be transferred between affiliate schools. 

Other Options: Do not plan to finance your 

education by anticipating a scholarship. 

You may want to apply for financial 

assistance either through The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota or the federal and 

state governments. Additionally, many local 

and national service clubs, civic groups, and 

organizations, such as DECA and VICA, sponsor 

scholarships. Contact these organizations 

for details and application guidelines. 


MERIT AND NEED SCHOLARSHIP 


Merit and Need Award is a quarterly 

scholarship and is given to students who 

have demonstrated financial need and have 

earned at least a 2.5 cumulative GPA during 

their high school or college education. 

Awards will also be considered for those 

students who have a cumulative GPA of 2.2 

to 2.49 and one letter of recommendation. 

The award ranges from $200-$400 each 

quarter and is contingent on the student 

maintaining a cumulative 2.5 GPA while 

attending The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. The student must enroll for at least 

12 credits per quarter. Application is due at 

the time of initial financial aid appointment. 


SECOND FAMILY MEMBER SCHOLARSHIP 


provides this quarterly award to full-time 

students attending The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota concurrently 

with another member of their nuclear 

family (parent, sibling, spouse, or child). 

The maximum amount a student may receive 

is $300. If the student receives either the 

Merit or Excellence Award, the Second Family 

Award amount will equal $300 minus the 

amount of the other award received. 

For example, if the student qualifies for the 

Second Family Award but also receives a 

Merit Award for $100, the student’s Second 

Family Award amount will equal $200. Family 

member must make application to attend The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota and be 

enrolled for classes. The award is determined at 

the time of initial financial aid appointment. 

STUDENT SUCCESS SCHOLARSHIP 

To be eligible, a student must have a CGPA of 

3.3 or higher and then register for 16 credits 

for the following quarter. Students must 

remain enrolled in 16 credits through schedule 

adjustment period to be eligible. At the end of 

schedule adjustment period the student will be 

credited the value of one credit of tuition after 

week 2 of the quarter. The credit value will be 

based on the individual student’s tuition rate. 

For more information, visit the Student Financial 

Services office located on the second floor. 

CULINARY ARTS STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP 

This is scholarship is an annual $1,000 

tuition scholarship for current Culinary 

Arts students awarded each fall quarter. 

To qualify, Culinary Arts students must 

meet the following requirements: 

• Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art 


• Currently and continuously 

enrolled students who are in good 

academic and judicial standing. 

• Two letters of recommendations – one 

from a faculty member and another from 

the Academic Director for Culinary Arts. 

• A three-part essay: 

1. How has your education at 

The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota allowed you to 

fulfill your culinary goals? 

2. How will this scholarship contribute 

to your college experience while 

attending The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota? 

3. How will the achievement of your 

Culinary Arts degree or certificate 

influence your future career? 

SUSAN O’BOYLE-JACOBSON 

MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP 

This is scholarship is an annual $1,000 

tuition scholarship for current Baking & 

Pastry students awarded each fall quarter. 

To qualify, Baking & Pastry students must 

meet the following requirements: 

• Minimum 3.0 GPA from The Art 


• Currently and continuingly 

enrolled students who are in good 

academic and judicial standing. 

• Two letters of recommendations – one 

from a faculty member and another from 

the Academic Director for Culinary Arts. 

• A three-part essay: 

1. How has your education at The Art 


allowed you to fulfill your dream 

as a Baking & Pastry professional? 

2. How will this scholarship contribute 

to your college experience while 

attending The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota? 

3. How will the achievement of your 

Baking & Pastry degree or certificate 

influence your future career? 

THE EDUCATION FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS 

This annual tuition-based scholarship 

award of approximately $2000.00 is offered 

to students 24 years of age and older. 

To qualify, incoming and current non-traditional 

students must meet the following requirements: 

• A completed application 

form and agreement 

• A personal statement that tells us 

something about you that cannot 

be discerned from the application 

materials and what you plan on doing 

with your education after graduation. 

• Unofficial copies of all high school or 

college transcripts. Transcripts must 

demonstrate a minimum Cumulative 

Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0. 

• Two letters of recommendation – a copy of 

any letter of recommendation is perfectly 

acceptable. One letter may come from 

an instructors, but not both letters. 

For more information, please visit 

Student Financial Services. 

DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS SCHOLARSHIP 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota is 

a collegiate partner of Citizens’ Scholarship 

Foundation of America and the Dollars for 

Scholars family of community scholarship 

foundations. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota has agreed that Dollars for Scholars 

awards of up to $1,000 per student will not 

adversely affect scholarship funding provided 

by The Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

Interested students should go online at 

http://scholarshipamerica.org/ for details. 

2011 IMAGINE AMERICA 

SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM 


participates in the 2011 Imagine America 

Scholarship Program funded through the 

Career Training Foundation. Each high 

school is eligible to receive up to two $1,000 

scholarships for their students. To apply for 

the scholarship students should contact 

their high school counselor or go online 

at http://www.imagine-america.org 

NATIONAL ART HONOR SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP 

High school seniors who also belong to the 

National Art Honor Society may apply for 

an Art Institute National Art Honor Society 

Scholarship. Details may be obtained by 

calling The Art Institute location of your 

choice or 1-800-275-2440. Deadline is 

March 1, 2011. Senior class members of the 

National Art Honor Society are eligible to 

compete for these tuition scholarships: 

First place: $20,000 

Second place: $10,000 

Third place: $5,000 

Fourth place: $3,000 

Fifth place: $2,000 


scholarships cover tuition only. Scholarship 

awards may not be applied to fees, 

living expenses, or supply costs. 


All entries must be addressed to: 

National Art Honor Society Scholarships, 

c/o The Art Institute of Pittsburgh 

420 Boulevard of the Allies, 

Pittsburgh, PA 15219-1328 

Attention: Bill McAnulty 

DEADLINE 

Application must be postmarked by 

midnight, March 1, 2011. Winners 

will be notified after May 1, 2011. 

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: 

• You must be a high school senior graduating 

in the 2010-2011 academic year and a 

member of the National Art Honor Society. 

• Submit six slides of six different original 

pieces of artwork representing your 

creative ability and interest. 

• Digital files may be submitted in lieu of slides. 

• Submit a written statement describing 

your artistic career goals and why you 

want to be considered for a scholarship. 

• Use the list on the back cover to select 

The Art Institute you wish to attend. 

• Submit your name, home address, 

and telephone number, along with 

your school name, address, and school 

telephone number, and the name of your 

National Art Honor Society advisor. 

Entries must be postmarked by 

midnight, March 1, 2012. 

Winners must apply for admission at an 

Art Institute location and be accepted 

to validate the scholarship. 

Upon receipt, all submissions become the sole 

property of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota and will not be returned. 

VICA/SKILLSUSA CHAMPIONSHIP 

Students who are members of SKILLSUSA 

may compete in local, state, and national 

championships. The winners of the national 

championships are awarded the following 

scholarships. Winners of the Advertising 

Design, Culinary, and Photography 

championships will be awarded a $20,000 

tuition scholarship. Winners of the 3D 

Visualization and Animation, Web Design, 

and Television Production championships will 

be awarded a $10,000 tuition scholarship. 

Each Art Institute has a limited number 

of scholarships. Winners are permitted to 

choose The Art Institute location of their 

choice and scholarships will be awarded 

on a first-come-first-serve basis. National 

championships are held in June 2011. For 

details, visit the SKILLSUSA Web site: http:// 

www.skillsusa.org or call 703-777-8810. 

Winners of the SKILLSUSA competition 

may contact Julie Walsh at The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota at 

1-800-275-2440 for scholarship details. 

SCHOLASTICS ARTS AND 

WRITING COMPETITION 

Four $10,000 scholarships will be awarded by 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota to the 

Scholastic National Award recipients on a firstcome-first-serve 

basis. To receive information 

about this scholarship visit the Scholastic Web 

site at http://www.scholastic.com/artandwriting 

or call 212-343-6100. National Award recipients 

must contact Julie Walsh of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota at 1-800-275-2440 

as soon as they are notified of the award. 

C-CAP 

Students who are enrolled in a C-CAP program 

may compete for a two-year full-tuition 

scholarship at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. The value of this scholarship is 

approximately $50,000. For information, speak 

to the C-CAP director at your high school, visit: 

http://www.ccapinc.org, or call: 212-974-7111. 

PROSTART INVITATIONAL 

First-place winners of the National ProStart 

Invitational Culinary Competition and 

Management Competition will be awarded a 

$3,000 tuition scholarship to The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. A $2,000 tuition 

scholarship for second-place winners and 

$1,000 tuition scholarship for third place 

winners will also be awarded. Applicants 

must be enrolled in a ProStart program to be 

eligible for competition. For more information, 

visit the ProStart Web site at www.nraef.org/ 

prostart/ or call 1-800-765-2122. Winners of 

the invitational may contact Julie Walsh at 


at 1-800-275-2440 for scholarship details. 

DEAN’S CHOICE AWARD 

Each quarter, enrolled students representing 

all programs are encouraged to submit 

their best work to the Dean’s office. The 

Dean selects a work for display in the 

Dean’s office. The student-artist receives 

a $250 tuition scholarship in recognition 

for his or her winning submission. 

PRESIDENT’S AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE 

Each quarter enrolled students representing all 

programs are encouraged to submit their best 

work to the President’s office. The President 

selects a work for display in the President’s 

office. The student-artist receives a $250 tuition 

scholarship in recognition for his or her winning 

submission. All scholarship winners must 

adhere to the scholarship rules established 

by The Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

Scholarship winners must apply to and be 

accepted at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota to validate the scholarship. 

Scholarships cover tuition only, unless 

otherwise noted. They do not cover books, 

supplies, or miscellaneous fees. Students 

attending The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota on scholarships must maintain at 

least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average, or 

otherwise stated, in order to retain eligibility. 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

OVERVIEW 

MISSION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 

The mission of Academic Affairs at The 


is to engage students in an innovative 

education that supports them in becoming 

critical and creative thinkers with the 

ability to shape their chosen fields. 

Academic Affairs values: 

• Excellence in educational programs, 

teaching, and student support 

• Honesty, integrity, and caring 

in all interactions 

• Openness to new ideas in a changing world 

• Commitment to continuing improvement 

Academic Affairs serves the students, faculty 

and community through the development and 

implementation of postsecondary educational 

programs that prepare students with the 

necessary skills for entry-level positions in a 

variety of design-related and business-related 

careers. The office achieves its mission through: 

• The selection, development, and 

retention of exemplary faculty 

• The careful, continual planning 

and development of a curriculum 

that is responsive to the needs 

of students and employers 

• The provision of academic support services 

• The provision of appropriate technology 

for instructional purposes 

• The promotion and support of an 

effective library which provides access 

to materials and information supporting 

educational programs at The Art 




LEARNING PRINCIPLES 

1. Students will use critical and creative 

thinking through engagement in a 

process of disciplined thought that 

results in action with integrity. 

2. Students will apply written, oral, and 

representational communication 

strategies to express themselves and 

connect with intended audiences. 

3. Students will apply quantitative and 

qualitative methodologies to identify, 

analyze, and resolve problems. 

4. Students will apply concepts and 

methodologies to analyze individual 

and group interactions and recognize 

the diversity of human experience. 

5. Students will apply concepts and 

methodologies that reflect an 

understanding of the historical and 

cultural contexts within which they work. 

6. Students will apply theoretical 

and practical knowledge and skills 

relevant to their field of study. 

ACADEMIC DIRECTORS AND 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

The administration and faculty members of 

the Academic Affairs department have been 

carefully selected to assure excellence in the 

educational process. The faculty members have 

professional experience and backgrounds in 

the career-related areas in which they teach. 

The major focus of the educational process is 

devoted to the development of employable 

skills and professional attitudes so that 

graduates are prepared for the working world. 

ACADEMIC DIRECTORS 

Each academic program at The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota has an 

Academic Director. The Academic Director 

is responsible for working directly with 

students to ensure a quality learning 

experience, and for ensuring that well 

85

qualified faculty members are employed to 

teach in programs. They also ensure, through 

continual observation and evaluation, that 

faculty members implement best practices 

in the teaching and learning process. 

Academic Directors develop the curriculum 

and maintain an appropriate schedule of 

classes. They also encourage students to meet 

with them to discuss the competencies and 

outcomes for student learning in the program. 

They are available to meet with students on 

individual plans for career employment. 

The Academic Director works with a 

Professional Advisory Committee (PAC) for 

each program. PAC members are industry 

professionals who advise the program to ensure 

that curriculum is staying current with industry 

standards, offer insight into the changing 

dynamics of the industry, and report on the 

skills and knowledge needed for employment. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 

• Advertising (B.S.) 

• Audio Production (B.S.) 

• Culinary programs including: Culinary 

Management (B.S.), Culinary Arts 

(A.A.A.), Baking & Pastry (A.A.S. and 

D.), and The Art of Cooking (D.) 

• Design Management (B.S.) 

• Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) 

• Fashion programs including: 


(B.S.) and Fashion Retailing (D.) 

• Graphic Design programs including: 

Graphic Design (B.S. and A.A.S.) 

• Hospitality Management (B.S.) 

• Interior Design programs including: 

Interior Design (B.S. and A.A.S.), Interior 

Planning with AutoCAD (A.A.S.) 

• Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) 

• Photography programs including: 

Photography (B.S.), Digital 

Image Management (D.) 

• Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) 

• Web Design programs including: Web 

Design & Interactive Media (Associate 

and B.S. and A.A.S.), Web Design & 

Development and Web Design & 

Interactive Communication (D.) 

STUDENT PARTICIPATION AND 

ACTIVE LEARNING 


encourages students to be active participants 

in their own learning. Students need to 

engage in their coursework by attending 

classes, participating in learning activities, 

completing reading, and submitting 

assignments. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota faculty members assist students in 

becoming professionals and lifelong learners. 

Students are encouraged to communicate 

regularly with their faculty members and 

take advantage of both scheduled office 

hours and informal meeting times. 

ACADEMIC FREEDOM 

Founded in the belief that freedom of inquiry 

is essential to the learning process, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota supports 

academic freedom for its faculty members 

and students. The College strives to create an 

environment in which students are exposed 

to a variety of significant scholarly viewpoints 

on the subjects examined in their courses. This 

environment extends beyond the classroom, 

and fosters and protects independence of 

thought and speech. This environment is 

conducive to the civil exchange of ideas. 

ACADEMIC ADVISING 

Academic Advisors encourage success and 

persistence through academic planning, 

educational goal setting, and resource referral. 

Advisors can direct students to campus 

services as well as off-campus resources 

that may enhance their ability to succeed. 

Students should see an Academic 

Advisor for assistance with: 

• Accessing any services on campus 

• Course planning and registration 

• Online courses 

• Adding or dropping classes 

• Changing majors 

• Clarifying goals 

• Communicating with faculty 

• Strategies for academic success 

• Connecting with resources 

• Accessing Student Portal accounts 

Academic Advisors are available Monday 

through Friday and select Saturdays. 

Appointments are not required. Students 

are encouraged to walk in, call, or email 

advisors for assistance at any time. 

ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT CENTER AND 

INTERIOR DESIGN SKILLS CENTER 

Academic Achievement Services provide 

tools, services, and opportunities for improved 

academic success. Academic Achievement 

Services provide peer-tutoring and academic 

support workshops to enhance academic 

skills. There are two tutoring centers at The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota: the 

Academic Achievement Center (AAC) and the 

Interior Design Skills Center. The AAC houses 

tutors for all the general education courses, as 

well as program specific tutors for all majors 

except Interior Design. The Skills Center houses 

the tutors for the Interior Design courses. 

Appointments are not required for tutoring 

services. The current schedule of tutors can 

be found on the doors outside the tutoring 

centers or with the Academic Advisors. 

LIBRARY 

The Mission of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota’s Library is to provide students, 

faculty, and staff access to information 

and services needed in the learning and 

teaching environment. Emphasis for resource 

development is on technology for creative art, 

design and multimedia production as well as 

support for a general education enhancement 

in the fine arts, communications, social sciences, 

and humanities. Students will be prepared for 

lifelong learning through exposure to a variety 

of computer information technologies they 

will use in the workplace, the library, or home. 

The Library maintains a readily available 

collection of resources consisting of books, 

periodicals, audio-visual materials, and 

CD-ROMs (both networked and standalone). 

The Library also provides students 

with access to remote resources through 

cooperative agreements with other libraries 

and through electronic access to the Internet, 

on-line services (such as WilsonWeb), and 

off-site library catalogs and databases. 

REGISTRAR 

The Registrar and staff are responsible 

for monitoring, recording, and reporting 

student academic performance each 

quarter. Additional services include: 

• Maintenance of all permanent 

academic records 

• Issuance of grade reports and/ 

or attendance reports 

• Issuance of student transcript records. 

• Processing of student information, 

including but not limited to: Leaves of 

absence/complete withdrawal from 

program, Program/major changes, 

Veterans enrollment certifications, 

Verification of enrollment, and Address/ 

Name/Phone number changes 

Forms to process student requests are 

available in the Registrar office or through the 

registrar online site, http://aim.aiiresources. 

com/departments/registrar/forms/Forms 

may be downloaded from this site, but 

hard copies with the student’s signature 

must be turned in to the Registrar office. 

OFFICIAL ADDRESS/NAME/PHONE NUMBERS 

The Registrar’s Office must be notified 

by each student of any name, address, or 

phone number changes. Delivery of mail 

to the last address on record constitutes 

official notification to students. 

MILITARY & VETERAN SERVICES 

Veteran services are available to 

the following students: 

• Currently serving in the military 

• Previously served in the military 

• Survivor, or dependants of a veteran 

• Received military benefits in the past 

The Registrar serves as the certifying 

official. To receive or continue to receive 

benefits students need to provide proper 

military documentation to the Registrar. 

ATTENDANCE POLICY 

Regular, on-time attendance is both courteous 

and professional. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota expects students to demonstrate 

professionalism by attending all classes as 

scheduled, arriving on time, and remaining 

for the full duration of the class. Outside 

employment should not be scheduled during 

class hours. In the event of illness or emergency, 

students are responsible for class material and 

should follow the procedures described in the 

course syllabus for contacting the instructor and 

keeping up with planned learning activities. In 

the case of unavoidable but planned absences, 

the student should communicate with the 

instructor and prepare assignments in advance 

when possible. Even with prior notification, a 

student will be marked absent and there may 

still be an impact on grades. Individual faculty 

may determine the impact, if any, of absences 

on grades. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota supports the attendance policy 

for each class as it is described in the syllabus. 

Each student is responsible for reading and 


understanding the policy for each class. 

Students with excessive absences will be 

withdrawn from class. Excessive absence is 

defined as missing two consecutive weeks of 

classes. Appeals of excessive absence withdrawal 

are limited in scope and rarely granted, 

following a presumption that a student who 

has missed two consecutive weeks of class 

is too far behind to reasonably make up the 

learning from that time period. The primary 

basis of an appeal should be clerical or record 

error in which the student can demonstrate 

attendance was inaccurately recorded. 

A student that stops attending all of their 

courses for two consecutive weeks will be 

given an attendance termination from the 

College. Students may be considered for 

readmission to the College following the 

submission of a written request to the Dean 

of Academic Affairs. If the student does 

not meet the standards of the Satisfactory 

Academic Progress Policy, he or she must 

follow the re-entry process within that policy. 

UNDERGRADUATE 

SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC 

PROGRESS (SAP) POLICY 

The Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy 

ensures that all students are maintaining 

satisfactory academic progress towards successful 

completion of their academic programs. The 

evaluation points and milestones contained in the 

policy are meant to identify problems for which 

actions of early intervention and/or remediation 

can be taken. Most critical to this policy is a 

student’s ability to enroll in and complete courses 

on a consistent and successful manner. This 

CERTIFICATE/DIPLOMA 

EVALUATION POINT 

DEGREE 

ability is measured in three ways: cumulative 

grade-point-average (CGPA); and incremental 

completion rate (ICR) within a maximum time 

frame (MTF). Failure to complete courses 

successfully for any reason may negatively 

affect satisfactory academic progress. Failing 

courses or withdrawing from courses could 

result in the loss of Financial aid and Academic 

termination. In order for a student to graduate, 

the minimum requirements are a CGPA of 2.0, 

66.67% ICR, and completion of the program in 

no more than 150% of total program credits. 

Periods of attendance when a student does not 

receive Title IV aid are included in determining 

Satisfactory Academic Progress. Periods of Non- 

Attendance are not included in determining 

SAP. While the term Academic Warning/Financial 

Aid Warning and Academic Probation/Financial 

Aid Probation are used, the status applies to 

all students whether receiving aid or not. 

CRITERIA FOR HONORS DESIGNATION 

To promote academic excellence and to 

recognize exemplary academic achievement, 

the following Honors Designations will be 

issued on a term basis and upon graduation. 

Term Honors Designation (at the completion 

of a quarter) – Students who enroll for and 

complete 12 credits or more (of courses 

which are not transitional studies) and 

meet the following criteria may receive 

the corresponding designation: 

Term GPA Honors Designation 

4.0 President’s Honor Roll 

3.7-3.9 Dean’s Honor Roll 

3.5-3.6 Honor Roll 

Honor Designation at Graduation – Students 

who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or better are 

designated as Honor Graduates. 

Transitional studies classes are not considered 

when evaluating Honors Designations. 

MILESTONES AND EVALUATION POINTS FOR 

SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS 

Compliance with SAP is reviewed every 

quarter for Certificate, Diploma, and Degree 

Programs. A student who starts or re-enters 

at a MID session will have that session count 

as an entire quarter for SAP purposes. 

NOTE: See chart below for specific information. 

Certificate AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMS 

End of First Quarter < 1.0 and/or 33.33% Warning 

1. At the end of the first quarter, students 

must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and 

an ICR of 33.33%. Anything below these 

milestones will result in Academic Warning/ 

Financial Aid Warning for one quarter. 

2. At the end of the second quarter, students 

must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.5 and 

an ICR of 50%. Anything below these 


Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless 

the student was on Academic Warning/ 

Financial Aid Warning in the previous term. 

If the student was on Academic Warning/ 

Financial Aid Warning in the previous 

term, the student will be dismissed. 

3. At the end of the third quarter, and every 

quarter thereafter, students must attain a 

minimum CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR of 66.67%. 

Anything below these milestones will result 

in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning 

for one quarter unless the student was on 

Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning 

in the previous term. If the student was on 

End of Second Quarter < 1.5 and/or 50.00% Warning (if 1st time) / 

Dismissal (if on Warning) 

End of Third Quarter And Every Quarter Thereafter < 2.0 and/or 66.67% Warning (if 1st time) / 


Anything in excess of 150% MTF Dismissal 

EVALUATION POINT 

MILESTONES (CGPA & ICR) 

MILESTONES (CGPA & ICR) 

REQUIRED ACTION 

REQUIRED ACTION 

End of First Quarter < 1.0 and/or 33.33% Warning 

End of Second Quarter < 1.0 and/or 33.33% Warning (if 1st time) / 


End of Third Quarter < 1.25 and/or 50.00% Warning (if 1st time) / 


End of Fourth and Fifth Quarter < 1.50 and/or 50.00% Warning (if 1st time) / 


End of Sixth Quarter And Every Quarter Thereafter < 2.00 and/or 66.67% Warning (if 1st time) / 


Anything in excess of 150% MTF Dismissal 

87

Academic Warning / Financial Aid Warning in 

the previous term they would be dismissed. 

4. Students may not attempt more than 

150% of the credits in their programs; 

anything in excess of 150% of the 

credits will result in dismissal. 

5. Students should note that if they are on 

Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning, it 

will be very difficult to meet the minimum 

requirements of the next evaluation point. 

Students should consult with their academic 

advisor concerning the exact requirements. 

6. Students attending certificate or diploma 

programs may take transitional study courses. 

Please note that dismissals can be appealed. 

Please see the Appeal Process below. 

Degree Programs 

1. At the end of the first quarter, students must 

achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and an ICR 

of 33.33% (transitional study courses do 

not impact GPA or ICR so they are exempt 

from the calculation). Anything below these 


Financial Aid Warning for one quarter. If a 

student has only attempted transitional 

studies the student is considered to be 

making SAP unless the student attempts 

and does not successfully complete the 

same transitional study course three times. 

2. At the end of the second quarter, students 

must achieve a minimum CGPA of 1.0 and 

an ICR of 33.33% for all courses that are not 

transitional studies. Anything below these 


Financial Aid Warning for one quarter if the 

student had not been on Academic Warning/ 


However, if the student was on Academic 

Warning/Financial Aid Warning in the 

previous term, the student will be dismissed. 

If a student has only attempted transitional 

studies the student is considered to be 

making SAP unless the student attempts 

and does not successfully complete the 

same transitional study course three times. 

3. At the end of the third quarter, students 

must attain a minimum CGPA of 1.25 and 

an ICR of 50 %. Anything below these 


Financial Aid Warning for one quarter unless 

the student was on Academic Warning/ 


If the student was on Academic Warning 

/ Financial Aid Warning in the previous 

term they would be dismissed. If a student 

has only attempted transitional studies 

the student is considered to be making 

SAP unless the student attempts and 

does not successfully complete the same 

transitional study course three times. 

4. At the end of the fourth and at the end 

of the fifth quarter, students must have a 

CGPA of at least 1.5, and an ICR above 50%, 

Anything below these milestones will result 

in Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning 






5. Students should note that if they are on 

Academic Warning/Financial Aid Warning, it 

could be very difficult to meet the minimum 

requirements of the next measuring point. 

Students should consult with their academic 

advisor concerning the exact requirements. 

6. At the end of the sixth quarter and thereafter, 

students must accomplish a minimum 

CGPA of 2.0 and an ICR of 66.67%. Anything 

below these milestones will result in 







7. Students may not attempt more than 

150% of the credits in their programs; 

anything in excess of 150% of the 

credits will result in dismissal. 

8. Transitional Studies Courses are based on 

the results of the academic placement test. 

Like any course, students must successfully 

complete such courses in order to progress 

in the program. Transitional Studies Course 

credits do not count towards the total 

number of credits for graduation nor do 

they count in the CGPA or ICR; however, 

they do count in determining the maximum 

time frame in terms of credits attempted 

and credits earned. Transitional Studies/ 

Remedial courses do have credit hours 

assigned to them for enrollment and tuition 

charging purposes. Transitional Studies 

Courses may be individually attempted 

no more than three times. Failing or 

withdrawing from a transitional studies 

course three times will result in dismissal. 

Students on Academic Warning/Financial 

Aid Warning are considered to be making 

progress towards meeting SAP and if otherwise 

eligible, can be eligible for Financial aid. 

The grades, GPA and cumulative data for all 

courses a student attempted at the institution as 

well as courses successfully transferred in from 

prior postsecondary education are available on 

the student portal for their review. There is also an 

indication if a student is on Academic Warning/ 

Financial Aid Warning or Academic Probation/ 

Financial Aid Probation or is terminated. 

Appeal Process for Academic Probation/ 

Financial Aid Probation 

The process to appeal allows the student to 

request the opportunity to appeal a dismissal 

in writing; the reason for the appeal must 

be the result of mitigating circumstances; 

and documentation supporting a claim of 

mitigating circumstances must be provided 

and retained. The result of the appeal (appeal 

granted or appeal denied) must be provided 

to the student and catalogued in the Student 

Information System as well as the student’s 

academic file. As part of the appeal the student 

must document in writing why he or she did not 

meet SAP and what in the student’s situation 

has changed that will allow he or she to meet 

SAP according to a written academic plan. 

If the student’s appeal (see appeal policy 

below) is granted, he or she will be placed on 

Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation 

for one or two quarters. For students in a 

certificate/diploma program they will only have 

one quarter of Academic/Financial Probation 

due to the shorter length of the program. For 

associates degree or higher programs, if the 

student and the institution agrees to a twoterm 

Academic/Financial Aid Probation the 

student must agree with and sign a written 

academic plan developed and approved by the 

institution which documents that he or she will 

be required to attain CGPA and ICR milestones 

by the next evaluation point (term) but they 

must be meeting SAP at the end of the second 

term. A student not meeting the conditions 

of their plan at the end of the first quarter will 

be dismissed. If the student is meeting their 

academic plan at the end of the first term, they 

will stay on Academic/Financial Aid Probation. 

Student is eligible to receive Title IV aid while on 

Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation if 

he or she is otherwise eligible. Failure to meet 

the minimum CGPA and ICR milestones following 

the Academic Probation/Financial Aid Probation 

period(s) will result in a permanent dismissal. 

If a student appeals and is denied the appeal, he 

or she must remain out of school until one year 

after the quarter in which the appeal was denied. 

The student may then request an additional 

appeal for reinstatement, but would have to 

demonstrate academic accomplishments or 

changes that show a degree of college readiness 

that reliably predict success. After being out of 

school, the applicant will have to meet the appeal 

requirements as stated in the first paragraph 

including describing why the student failed to 

meet satisfactory academic progress before and 

what has changed to ensure that he or she will 

be able to meet satisfactory academic progress if 

re-admitted. Should the student have his or her 

appeal denied a second time, the student will 

be permanently dismissed from the Institute. 

Following is a comprehensive list of events 

that indicate there may be a Mitigating 

Circumstance which has negatively 

impacted academic progress: 

• Death of an immediate family member 

• Student illness requiring hospitalization 

(this includes mental health issues) 

• Illness of an immediate family member 

where the student is a primary caretaker 

• Illness of an immediate family 

member where the family member 

is the primary financial support 

• Abusive relationships 

• Divorce proceedings 

• Previously undocumented disability 

• Work-related transfer during the term 

• Change in work schedule during the term 

• Natural disaster 

• Family emergency 

• Financial hardship such as 

foreclosure or eviction 

• Loss of transportation where there are 

no alternative means of transportation 

• Documentation from the School Counselor 

and/or a Professional Counselor 

Deans of Academic Affairs are responsible 

for determining the appropriateness of the 

mitigating circumstance in regards to severity, 

timeliness, and the student’s ability to avoid the 

circumstance. Student life issues and making 

the transition to college are not considered 

mitigating circumstances under this policy. 

Documentation from the SAP program or 

professional counselor should not breach the 

student/counselor relationship and should 


emain confidential. A memorandum or 

letter on school or organizational letterhead 

indicating a counselor’s opinion that student 

issues may be accommodated to ensure that 

the student will be able to meet satisfactory 

academic progress will suffice as proof of 

mitigating circumstances as well as a student’s 

ability to meet satisfactory academic progress 

with accommodations from the institution. 

Students are NOT allowed to appeal dismissals 

for violating the 150% completion rate. 

A student who attempts but does not pass 

the same remedial course three times is 

dismissed and there is not a right to appeal the 

termination. Students dismissed for failing the 

transitional courses three times may reapply 

for reinstatement once these courses and the 

college level equivalents are completed and are 

submitted on an official accredited institutions 

transcript as part of the reinstatement appeal. 

The Metrics of SAP 

Academic Grading System 

Academic Grading System 

The grading system incorporates 

letter grades, equivalent numeric 

values and letter codes as follows: 

Letter Grade Quality Points 

A 4.0 

A- 3.7 

B+ 3.4 

B 3.0 

B- 2.7 

C+ 2.4 

C 2.0 

C- 1.7 

D+ 1.4 

D 1.0 

F 0.0 * 

*F does compute in GPA and CGPA and 

does count as credit attempted. 

Other Grade Codes worth Zero Quality Points: 

• CR = Credit through examination. Credits 

Earned/TR grade does not affect ICR/CGPA. 

• I = Incomplete. Affects ICR/MTF/ 

CGPA (Computes as an F). 

• S = Suspension. Affects ICR/MTF/ 

CGPA (Computes as an F). 

• NP = Not passing/Fail. Does not affect ICR/ 

CGPA. This grade designation is utilized to 

indicate that a student did not acceptably 

complete a non credited course. 

• P = Proficiency Credit by Exam or Portfolio. 

Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. 

• PA = Pass. This grade designation is 

utilized to indicate that a student 

acceptably completed a non credited 

course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. 

• SP or SA = Satisfactory/Pass. This 

grade designation is utilized to 

indicate that a student acceptably 

completed a non credited course. 

Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. 

• T = Termination from course. Affects 

ICR/MTF/CGPA (Computes as an F). 

• TR = External Transfer Credit. Grade 

designation utilize for transfer 

credits. This does not affect CGPA. 

They do impact ICR and MTF. 

• U = Unsatisfactory. Indicates that a student 

unsuccessfully completed a non-credited 

course. Does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. 

• WV = Waiver. Commonly used when 

waiving a remedial courses and 

does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. 

• WX = Course was registered for but 

never attended. Self-explanatory and 

does not affect ICR/MTF/CGPA. 

Students receive grades at the end of each 

quarter including midquarter The grade 

report contains both the grade point average 

for the quarter (GPA) and cumulative grade 

point average (CGPA) for the program. 

When a course is repeated after failure, 

the grade earned upon repeating the class 

replaces the original grade in determining 

the grade point average, though the failing 

grade will still appear on the transcript. 

Repeating Courses 

Grades earned in repeated courses will replace 

grades of ‘F’, ‘W’, or ‘WF’. Course credits with 

grades of ‘F’,’W’, or ‘WF’ are included in the 

maximum time frame (MTF) and incremental 

completion rate (ICR) requirements as credits 

attempted but not earned. Students with 

incomplete grades will receive an ‘F’ if a grade 

change is not submitted by the end of the 

second week of the following term. The grade 

‘I’ indicates Incomplete and is calculated as if 

it is an ‘F’ until it is changed to another grade 

and the course will be included as course 

credits attempted, but not earned. Students 

may also retake classes in which they received 

a passing grade in order to improve their 

CGPA but can retake a course passed only 

one additional time. Credits from all repeated 

courses are included as credits attempted. 

Changed Grade 

When a final course grade has been established 

and recorded in the student record, the grade 

may not be changed without approval by both 

the Academic Department Director and the 

Dean of Academic Affairs. Only the final grade 

(not the original grade/code) will be computed 

in the grade point average. The final grade 

is the one that counts in the calculation. 

Calculations 


measures and records academic performance 

by computing the Grade Point Average (GPA) 

and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) 

for each student, using the letter grades, 

four-point scale and credit-hour values. GPA 

is the average of grade points a student earns 

during one quarter. CGPA is the cumulative 

average of all grade points a student has 

earned over all quarters at The Art Institute. 

Here is an example of how GPA and CGPA 

are computed: Imagine that a student is 

taking a total of two courses during one 

quarter. One course has a four credit hours 

value and the student earns an A. The second 

course has a three credit hour value and the 

student earns a B. Remember, each letter 

grade carries a grade point value. Grade 

point values are multiplied by credit hours. 

In this example: 

A = 4 grade points x 4 credit hours 

= 16 grade points earned 

B = 3 grade points x 3 credit hours 

= 9 grade points earned 

To compute the GPA, divide the total number of 

grade points earned for the quarter by the total 

number of credit hours earned for the quarter. 

In this example: 

16 grade points + 9 grade points 

= 25 total grade points 

25 grade points earned divided by 7 total 

hours earned = student’s GPA for the 

quarter, 3.57, which is rounded to 3.6. 

A student’s CGPA is computed in the same 

way by dividing the student’s total grade 

points earned from all quarters/semester at 

The Art Institute by the student’s total credit 

hours earned from all quarters at The Art 

Institute. (The CGPA is calculated by rounding 

up to the nearest tenth if the last digit is 5 

or greater. It is rounded down to the nearest 

tenth of the last digit if the last digit is less 

than 5. Example: 1.95 = 2.0, 1.94 = 1.90) 

Incremental Completion Rate (ICR) is 

determined as follows (remedial credits 

do not count in this calculation): 

(Earned Credits at the institution + 

Transfer Credits Accepted) divided by 

(Attempted Credits at the institution 

+ Transfer Credits Accepted) 

The 150% MTF is determined as follows: 

Total credits needed to graduate 

from the program x 1.5 = 

Total number of credits allowed to attempt. 

Transfer Students 

Transfer credits from other post-secondary 

institutions are calculated in the maximum 

time frame allowable credits and incremental 

completion rate requirements. Therefore, the 

maximum number of attempted credits for 

a student with transfer credit is still one and 

one-half times the number of credits required 

to complete a program for graduation. 

Example: if a student transfers in 36 credits 

to a program consisting of 180 credits, the 

calculation would be 180 X 1.5 = 270 credits. 

Therefore, the 36 transfer credits would be 

considered attempted and earned so only 

234 more credits could be attempted. 

Grades for credits transferred in from any 

post-secondary institution (including 

an Art Institute) will be recorded as “TR” 

in the Student Information System and 

will not affect the student’s CGPA. 

Students wishing to transfer from one Art 

Institute to another may do so only if they 

are in good standing at the sending school. 

If the student is transferring to a different 

institution (as defined by the Department 

of Education), then he or she is treated as a 

student transferring in from an unaffiliated 

institution. Any student dismissed for violation 

satisfactory academic progress cannot transfer 

or be considered a New student (if they had a 

break in enrollment) at another Art Institute 

until he or she has been granted an appeal 

at the original school and is deemed to be 

making satisfactory academic progress. 

Changes in Program 

Students are allowed only one change of 

program and must be making satisfactory 

academic progress at the time a request 

is made to change programs. 

Courses taken in one program that is applicable 

to the second program will be transferred 

89

with the applicable grade. If the student has 

taken a course more than once, only the grades 

transferred to that new program will apply to 

the second program. All grades earned in the 

original program that apply to the new program 

will count towards the CGPA. For ICR and 150% 

purposes only, those courses transferred will 

apply to the second program will be considered. 

In the formulas below, the “Change of Major” 

adjustment factor would be those credits 

from the previous major that we will NOT 

count in the student’s current major. 

Incremental Completion Rate is 

determined as follows (remedial credits 

do not count in this calculation): 

[(Earned Credits in the New Program + Transfer 

Credits Accepted) minus Change of Major 

Adjustment Factor for Earned Credits] divided 

by [(Attempted Credits in the New Program 

+ Transfer Hours Accepted) minus Change of 

Major Adjustment Factor for Earned Credits.] 

The 150% MTF is determined as follows: 

Total credits needed in the program 

to graduate times 1.5 = MTF. 

Second Degree 

When a student has graduated from The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota in one 

program, then subsequently begins work 

in a different program, grades used in the 

CGPA of the previous program will not be 

applied to the student’s new program CGPA 

calculation. The grades will be recorded as TR. 

GRADING 

QUARTER CREDIT HOUR DEFINITION 

A quarter credit hour is an amount of work 

represented in intended learning outcomes and 

verified by evidence of student achievement 

that is an institutionally established equivalency 

that reasonably approximates not less than: 

1. One hour of classroom or direct faculty 

instruction and a minimum of two hours 

of out-of-class, student work each week for 

10-12 weeks, or the equivalent amount of 

work over a different amount of time; or 

2. At least an equivalent amount of work as 

required in paragraph (1) of this definition 

for other academic activities as established 

by the institution including laboratory work, 

internships, studio work, and other academic 

work leading to the award of credit hours. 

INCOMPLETE GRADE POLICY 


does not give grades of incomplete. 

GRADE CHANGE REQUESTS 

A formal request for a grade review must be 

made by the student to the Academic Director 

and approved by the Dean of Academic Affairs 

no later than Week 2 of the quarter following 

the quarter in which the grade was earned. 

TRANSFER OF CREDIT 

Transfer Credits reduce the total number 

of credits that must be attempted within 

the program. Students who intend to have 

previous college courses evaluated for transfer 

of credit must provide official transcripts. 


reserves the right to accept or deny transfer of 

credit based on the guidelines listed below. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts must be sent to the 

Admissions Office of the admitting Art Institute 

within 30 days of the students first quarter 

of attendance. Transcripts submitted after 

the student’s first quarter of attendance at 


may be considered for transfer credit at the 

discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs. 

TRANSFER OF CREDIT POST MATRICULATION 

Transfer credit after matriculation must be 

completed prior to the student’s final term 

of study. Credits from other institutions 

taken after matriculation at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota are accepted 

under the following agreement: 

• The student must be enrolled at The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota and in 

good academic standing during the same 

quarter in which a course is taken outside 

the school-concurrent enrollment. 

• The student must have approval from 

the Academic Director or the Dean 

of Academic Affairs PRIOR to taking a 

course. For General Education it needs 

to fit within the General Education 

requirement of the student’s program. 

• One course per quarter maximum 

is allowed, except if there is prior 

approval from the Academic Director 

or the Dean of Academic Affairs. 

• The course must be passed with 

a grade of ‘C’ or better. 

• The grade will not be factored into the CGPA. 

The student’s record will reflect a “TR” grade. 

• Credit will be awarded for the course 

when documentation is produced that 

the course was successfully completed. 

• Courses must be taken as they pertain 

to the normal time sequence within 

the student’s department. 

• Concurrent enrollment courses taken 

during the last quarter of enrollment 

at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will not be allowed. 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

The official descriptions of the courses submitted 

for transfer credit must be comparable to 

the coursework at the college. Official course 

descriptions from the sending college or a 

college catalog will be used to determine 

comparability and must be received within 30 

days of the students first quarter of attendance. 

LEVEL OF TRANSFER CREDITS 

Only college-level credits (1000 level course or 

equivalent) taken at an accredited institution of 

higher education will be considered for transfer. 

No remedial courses will be considered. 

GRADES IN TRANSFER COURSES 

The course(s) must be passed with a grade 

of “C” or better. The student’s record at 


will reflect a “TR” grade. The grade will not 

be factored into the GPA or the CGPA. 

Note: Pass/Fail grades will not be 

considered for transfer of credit. 

COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) 

While the college does not offer the opportunity 

to take a CLEP test on campus, the college will 

accept previous testing. Official documents must 

be received by The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota within 30 days of the students 

first quarter of attendance. A minimum 

score of “50” on the CLEP test is required. 

ADVANCED PLACEMENT (AP) AND 

INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE (IB) 


accepts both AP and IB credits. Official 

documents must be received by The Art 

Institute within 30 days of the students first 

quarter of attendance. A minimum score 

“3” is required for acceptance of AP credit. A 

minimum score of “4” at the Higher Level (HL) 

is required for the acceptance of IB credit. 

TIMELINESS OF COURSEWORK 

Courses require relevancy and currency. 

Decisions on the appropriateness of transfer 

for these types of courses will be at the 

discretion of the Dean of Academic Affairs. 

ALLOWABLE TOTAL TRANSFER OF CREDIT 

Students may be granted transfer of credit for as 

much as 75 percent of the total program credits 

required for graduation. Students must earn 

in residency a minimum of 25 percent of the 

total program credits required for graduation. 

Due to regulatory considerations, at some 

Art Institutes the minimum percentage of 

total program credits that must be earned in 

residency may vary from the standard above. 

APPEALING TRANSFER OF CREDIT 

If a student wishes to appeal the decision for 

transfer of credit he or she must complete 

an official written request form, a Petition 

for Re-Evaluation, from the Registrar’s office, 

Academic Advising, or the Admissions office. 

The re-evaluation form requires that the 

student attach a copy of the transcript in 

question. The re-evaluation process may also 

require that a student provide additional 

information such as course descriptions, 

syllabi or course competencies. The reevaluation 

of any transcript is final. 

TRANSFER CREDIT UPON RE- 

ENTRY TO THE INSTITUTION 

Requests for transfer of credit from accredited 

institutions of higher education, for a course 

taken while a student was not in attendance 

at The Art Institutes International Minnesota, 

but after a student’s initial matriculation at The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota, may 

be made in writing to the Dean of Academic 

Affairs. Transfer Credit may be awarded if all 

other criteria for transfer of credit are met. 

TRANSFER OF CREDIT FOR SECOND 

DEGREE BY GRADUATES OF The Art 


Graduates of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota may return for another degree or 

certificate. The student will be considered a 

new student and all enrollment procedures 

will apply. However, as a graduate of The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota, coursework 

taken at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota as documented in an official 

transcript will be evaluated for transfer credit. 

Courses with an earned grade of “D” or higher 

will be considered for transfer of credit. This will 

only apply to The Art Institutes International 


Minnesota graduates and courses taken at 


RE-EVALUATION OF TRANSFER OF CREDIT 

AFTER A CHANGE OF PROGRAM 

A student petitioning to transfer from one 

program to another within The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota must obtain approval 

from the Academic Director of the department 

from which the student is transferring. The 

student’s coursework and earned credits 

will be reviewed for applicability to the 

new program. Only those credits required 

for graduation in the new program will be 

transferred to the new program and counted 

toward graduation. Students who change 

programs will be held accountable to the 

new program’s academic standards. In the 

case of a milestone course, a grade of “C” or 

above must be earned or the student will 

be required to re-take the course. Only one 

change of program is allowed per student. 

Note: Students may not enroll in two 

programs at the same time; a double 

program is not allowed. Students may 

complete one course of study and then 

transfer credits to a second program. 

PROFICIENCY TEST OUT FOR CREDIT 

Students who intend to test out of a course 

must follow The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota guidelines and procedures. The 

Dean of Academic Affairs has the right to 

accept or deny a student’s request to test out. 

A student may test out of a course if they feel 

they have acquired the course competencies 

through skills, knowledge and/or experience. 

A student may only test out of a maximum of 

three courses; each test out must be completed 

by Week 8 of the first quarter of attendance. 

A student may not be registered and sitting 

in a class in which they wish to take a test-out 

exam. Students may choose to drop the course 

during the schedule adjustment period, in 

which case the test out can occur during the 

quarter. A student who has failed or withdrawn 

from a course with a “WF”, “F” or “W” cannot 

attempt to test out of the course later. 

TEST OUT PROCEDURE 

Students who intend to test out of a course 

must follow The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota guidelines and procedures. The 

Dean of Academic Affairs has the right to 

accept or deny a student’s request to test out. 

A student may test out of a course if they feel 

they have acquired the course competencies 

through skills, knowledge and/or experience. 

A student may only test out of a maximum of 

three courses; each test out must be completed 

by Week 8 of the first quarter of attendance. 

A student may not be registered and sitting 

in a class in which they wish to take a test-out 

exam. Students may choose to drop the course 

during the schedule adjustment period, in 

which case the test out can occur during the 

quarter. A student who has failed or withdrawn 

from a course with a “WF”, “F” or “W” cannot 

attempt to test out of the course later. 

TRANSFER OF CREDITS TO OTHER INSTITUTIONS 


is accredited by the Accrediting Council for 

Independent Colleges and Schools to award 

certificates, associate’s and bachelor’s degrees. 

The Accrediting Council for Independent 

Colleges and Schools is listed as a nationally 

recognized accrediting agency by the United 

States Department of Education and is 

recognized by the Council for Higher Education 

Accreditation. ACICS can be contacted at 

750 First Street NE, Suite 980, Washington, 

D.C. 20002. Telephone: 1.202.336.6780. 

The Art Institute International Minnesota is 

registered as a private institution with the 

Minnesota Office of Higher Education (1450 

Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 

55108, 1.651.642.0567, www.ohe.state.mn.us) 

pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. 

Registration is not an endorsement of the 

institution. Credits earned at the institution 

may not transfer to all other institutions. 

However, the fact that a school is accredited 

is not necessarily an indication that credits 

earned at that school will be accepted 

by another school. In the U.S. higher 

education system, transferability of credit 

is determined by the receiving institution, 

taking into account such factors as course 

content, grades, and accreditation. 

The goal of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is to help students to prepare 

for entry-level employment in your chosen 

field of study. The value of degree programs 

like those offered by The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota is their deliberate 

focus on marketable skills. The credits 

earned are not intended as a stepping stone 

for transfer to another institution. For this 

reason, it is unlikely that the academic credits 

you earn at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will transfer to another school. 

If you are considering transferring to 

either another Art Institutes school or an 

unaffiliated school, it is your responsibility to 

determine whether that school will accept 

your Art Institutes International Minnesota 

credits. We encourage you to make this 

determination as early as possible. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota does not 

imply, promise, or guarantee transferability 

of its credits to any other institution. 

REGISTRATION 

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES 

Registration at The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota occurs on a quarterly basis and 

begins Week 4 of each quarter. Registration 

is on a first come first serve basis based 

on the number of earned credits. 

HOLDS 

Students should ensure that they have 

no holds. Students are informed of holds 

through their Student Portal account. Holds 

are unresolved issues with Financial Aid 

(SFS), Accounting (ACC), Admissions (ADM), 

Registrar (REG), Library (LRC), Advisors (ADV) 

or Academic Directors (ADD). Holds are for 

urgent matters that require attention. The 

department that places a student on hold 

is available to assist the student in resolving 

the issue. The student should immediately 

contact the department to clear the hold. Holds 

prevent students from borrowing material 

from the library, checking out equipment from 

the Cage, and obtaining official transcripts. 

REGISTRATION STEPS 

Students have two choices for registration: 

online through Student Portal accounts 

or in person with Academic Advisors or 

Academic Directors. The following chart 

provides students the appropriate steps 

to take to ensure timely registration. 

Steps for Registration: 

Week 4 

1. Advisors will email out a copy of 

the available courses for the next 

term. The schedule is also posted 

on https://mycampus.artinstitutes. 

edu/portal/server.pt? 

2. Review degree audits through 

Student Portal accounts to verify 

what required courses are needed. 

Consult the current catalog to verify 

that prerequisites have been met. 

3. Meet with the program Academic 

Advisor to plan the appropriate 

courses for the next quarter. 

4. Check Student Portal account for 

any holds and resolve those holds 

with the appropriate department. 

5. Attend a Registration workshop or 

see an Advisor to learn how to use 

the online registration system. 

Week 5 

1. Registration begins and is offered on a 

“first come first served” basis according 

to the number of earned credits: early 

registration allows more options for 

course times and availability. 

2. See the program Academic Advisor in 

person or log into Student Portal accounts 

and use the self registration tool. 

3. If using the self registration tool, after 

registering, log out of the student portal 

and then log back in, select the registration 

button, and click on the schedule button 

to verify that the registration was accepted. 

Also please verify proper course selection 

with the Academic Advisor for the program. 

TAKING MORE THAN 16 CREDITS 

Students may request to take more than 16 

credits by contacting their Academic Director. 

To make this request the student must be in 

good academic standing. The final decision 

will be made by the Dean of Academic Affairs. 

OFFICIAL SCHEDULE 

Students must pick up official schedules the 

first week of every quarter. Official schedules 

are required to attend classes. The official 

schedule is the only schedule that will list 

room numbers, faculty and official course 

meeting times. The official schedule also 

contains the academic quarter calendar of 

important dates which includes the schedule 

adjustment period, registration, days off, start 

and end dates. Faculty members are required 

to ask students for official schedules for class 

admittance. Any class on a student’s official 

schedule is a class that they are officially 

registered for and thus, tuition is charged. 

Note: If a student is uncertain about 

the information listed on the Official 

schedule the student should see the 

Registrar’s office or Academic Advisor 

within the schedule adjustment period. 

SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD 

A student may add or drop a course up until 

the end of the published schedule adjustment 

period for the quarter. This date is listed on the 

91

student’s official schedule. When a student makes 

an adjustment during this time period, they are 

not charged for the course and it does not appear 

on an official transcript. Course changes during 

this time period must be made with one of the 

Academic Advisors. Failure to attend a course in 

the first week of the term does not result in the 

course being dropped from a student’s schedule. 

Any course remaining on the student’s enrollment 

registration at the end of schedule adjustment 

period will be subject to a tuition charge, and 

the course remains on the student’s transcript. 

WITHDRAWING FROM A COURSE 

It is the responsibility of the student to 

withdraw from courses in writing, using a course 

withdrawal form, which may be obtained from 

the Registrar’s Office or from the appropriate 

Academic Advisor. A student who withdraws 

from a course during the second through ninth 

week of the quarter will be assigned a “W” code 

for each course. The “W” code is not used in 

the computation of the student’s grade point 

average. A student who withdrawals after the 

9th week will receive a “WF” code. The “WF” code 

is calculated as an “F” into the student’s GPA. A 

student who drops a course after the schedule 

adjustment period through the end of the quarter 

will be charged the full course tuition rate. 

INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY 

Technology is a tool that students are 

expected to utilize. Students must have access 

to computes and the internet to complete 

many required course assignments. 

The Student Portal 

The Student Portal provides access to school 

email accounts, web site space, and academic 

records. It is the responsibility of students 

to check their email accounts for important 

school information. To access Student Portal 

accounts, go to myaicampus.com. Student 

Portal usernames and passwords are used to 

access the Internet and wifi on campus. 

eCompanion 

eCompanion is an electronic classroom 

that is accessed through the Student Portal. 

eCompanion allows access to syllabi, grades, and 

eBooks, and enables the posting of assignments. 

To access eCompanion, log in to the Student 

Portal, and click on the class title; this will provide 

the link to the eCompanion home screen. 

Digital Resources 

eBooks are electronic books that serve 

as textbooks for many on-campus and 

online courses. Students are charged a 

Digital Resource fee for a course that has 

an eBook. This fee is non-negotiable. 

eBooks are accessed through the Student Portal. 

Students click on the link “to my on-campus 

classes” and are directed to their eCompanion 

site. Once in the electronic classroom, students 

click on the Digital Resource link. This directs 

students to Vital Source; students should 

set up a Vital Source account to access their 

eBooks. eBooks may be downloaded to up 

to two non-campus devices. See tutorials in 

the Student Portal for further information. 

ONLINE COURSES 

REGISTERING FOR ONLINE COURSES 

Registration for online classes opens during the 

same time as registration for on-ground classes. 

Deadlines for registering for online courses 

differ from those on campus courses; please 

see the program Academic Advisor for specific 

deadlines. There are two online course sessions 

within an academic quarter, as defined by The 

Art Institute of Pittsburgh -- Online Division. Each 

session will run for 5 1/2 weeks during any 11 

week quarter. To register for an online class, fill 

out an Online Registration Packet and receive 

approval from the Academic Director and/or 

Academic Advisor to take an online class, and 

return the Online Registration Packet by the 

specified deadline to the Academic Advisor. 

Upon evaluation of the registration form, the 

Academic Advisor will either send a registration 

confirmation email to the student or a registration 

denial email stating the reason(s) for the denial. 

All students new to the online program are 

required to take the PLUS Readiness Survey, 

located on the myaicampus.com student portal. 

Students are not allowed to take only one 

Session I online class without also registering for 

a Session II online class or an on-campus course. 

Students are not allowed to take a course in 

Session I that is a pre-requisite to the class they 

are registered for in Session II. A prerequisite 

must be completed the quarter before a 

student is registered for the follow up course. 

Students in the online PLUS program are 

allowed to take up to 49% of their total 

program credits through the online program. 

Note: International students holding nonimmigrant 

visa status must contact the Dean of 

Student Affairs before commencing online study 

as there are certain immigration regulations 

restricting participation in online courses. 

TEXTBOOKS FOR ONLINE CLASSES 

Once registered for an online course(s), the 

student will need to determine if there are 

required eBook(s) or hard copy textbook(s)for 

the class(es) in which he or she is enrolled. If 

your class requires an eBook, the book will be 

located in your online classroom once the class 

starts. You will be able to download a copy of 

the book on up to two computers. There is a 

Digital Resource fee associated with all eBooks 

that can be included in financial aid. Required 

hard copy textbooks for online courses are 

ordered online or can be purchased at a local 

bookstore if in stock. Information will be sent 

to the student in the registration confirmation 

e-mail regarding the requirements for eBook(s) 

and hard copy textbook(s). Required hard copy 

textbooks must be ordered and if necessary, 

delivered to the student’s home. It is the 

student’s responsibility to allow adequate time 

for book(s) to be ordered and delivered. 

TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS 

FOR ONLINE CLASSES 

Each online class may require the student to have 

access to and be proficient with various hardware 

and software applications. It is the student’s 

responsibility to meet these requirements. 

For a full listing of software and hardware by 

class, you may contact the Academic Advisor 

or go to http://www.aionline.edu/catalog. It is 

also the students’ responsibility to keep their 

hardware and software up-to-date. If there are 

any technological problems, content issues, 

or trouble accessing the online platform, 

students are encouraged to contact Student 

Technical Support Services, the 24-hour/7day 

a week help-line at 1-866-642-2711. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATION 

IN ONLINE COURSES 

• Access to the required computer equipment 

and software needed for the online course 

• No financial holds on student account 

• Successful completion of the 

PLUS Readiness Survey 

• An ACCUPLACER, SAT or ACT score places 

the student in the college level English 

course. Students that place into Transitional 

English must first complete that course 

before taking any further online courses. 

COMPANION COURSE REQUIREMENT 

Students taking any program-specific (non 

General Education) course online must also 

register for and complete the one-credit oncampus 

companion course. These companion 

courses take place the second half of the 

quarter. The dates are published in the Online 

Registration Packet. These dates are not flexible. 

Students must attend the dates as scheduled. 

SCHEDULE ADJUSTMENT PERIOD 

FOR ONLINE COURSES 

The schedule adjustment period for first 

session online classes and companion classes 

is concurrent with the schedule adjustment 

period for on-campus classes, typically during 

the first week of the quarter. Please refer to the 

official schedule for exact dates. The session 

II online classes schedule adjustment period 

runs until Monday of week 7. During the 

schedule adjustment period a student may 

void their online session II course. There are 

financial repercussions for voiding a session 

II online class; students should consult with 

their Financial Aid Officer. Students who 

choose to withdraw or void a session II online 

class and who are not concurrently enrolled 

in another class (on-ground or online) will be 

withdrawn. Voiding an online session II course 

is done through the Academic Advisor and 

completing the Schedule Adjustment Form. 

A student may not withdraw from a course 

after a final grade has been submitted. 

REFUND POLICY FOR ONLINE 

COURSE WITHDRAWAL 

The process for withdrawing from a Session 

I or Session II online course after the 

schedule adjustment period is the same as 

for withdrawing from an on-campus class. 

Students wishing to withdraw from an online 

class after the schedule adjustment period 

will receive a “W” or “WF” for the class and 

will be charged full price in accordance with 

the college’s policy on course withdrawal. 

TUITION FOR ONLINE COURSES 

Tuition for an online course is the 

same as a standard course. 

COURSE SCHEDULING, 

SEQUENCING AND TITLES 


reserves the right to alter or change course 

titles, course content, or the sequencing 

of classes, subject to regulatory approval, 

at any time necessary for the purpose of 

enhancing the education program. The 

current Academic Course catalog holds the 

most current course numbers, course titles, 

course descriptions and prerequisites. 


Please note that course schedules are 

subject to change without notice. Classes 

are dependent on enrollment and may be 

cancelled or rescheduled. Please maintain 

contact with Academic Advisors as they 

will be in touch with students through 

email to reschedule a cancelled class. 

The curriculum at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota is organized to develop 

and build students’ knowledge and skills in 

a reasonable progression. To ensure that this 

occurs, some courses have a prerequisite 

course, which is a required course that must be 

completed before a student is allowed to take 

another course. For example, the prerequisite 

for English II is English I. That means a 

student must successfully complete English 

I before being allowed to enroll in English 

II. These prerequisite courses are indicated 

in the course descriptions in the catalog. 

COURSE NUMBERING 

The first two digits of the code refer to the 

program for that course. For example, in 

GE2411, the GE represents General Education. 

For a complete list of the program abbreviations 

refer to the program curriculum listings in this 

catalog. The following 4 digits represent other 

information. The first number designates the 

level of the course; the range is 1-4. A number 

of 1 or 2 represent lower level courses intended 

to be taken within the students first academic 

year and a half. Numbers 3 or 4 represent upperlevel 

courses that are intended for student 

to take in the second half of their education. 

While a course may not have a prerequisite 

the level of the course does indicate a level 

of academic preparedness a student should 

have before taking a course. The Academic 

Director or Academic Advisor may use their 

best judgment in determining if a student has 

completed an adequate percentage of lower 

level course work before allowing registration 

for upper level courses. The 2nd number of the 

course code represents the number of credits 

in the course. The last 2 digits of the course 

code are used to identify the specific class. 

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 


runs on a quarter calendar. Quarters are 11 

weeks in length, and are designated Fall, 

Winter, Spring and Summer. It is expected 

that students will maintain their enrollment 

throughout four quarters. Breaks are 

scheduled between each term. The normal 

schedule allows three-week breaks in study 

following Fall and Spring Quarters, and 

one-week breaks in study following Winter 

and Summer Quarters. Students choosing to 

take a term off are put in an “out of school” 

status, which has financial aid implications. 

A current academic calendar is located 

on the Registrar’s website at http://aim. 

aiiresources.com/departments/registrar/ 

calendar/ as well as in this catalog. 

COURSE LOAD 

Based on credit hours, course 

load is defined as follows: 

Full-load: The student is enrolled in 16 

credit hours in an academic quarter 

Full-time: The student is enrolled in 12 credit 

hours or more in an academic quarter 

Half-time: The student is enrolled in 8 

credit hours in an academic quarter 

Less than half time: The student is enrolled 

in 4 credit hours in an academic quarter 

REPEATING COURSES 

Every course for which a student receives a 

grade of “F,’’ “W,’’ or “WF” must be repeated 

and completed with a passing grade prior to 

his or her final quarter of study. A grade of 

“C-“ or below in program milestone/capstone 

courses indicates that the courses must be 

repeated and completed with a passing grade 

prior to his or her final quarter of study. The 

original grade/code and the subsequent 

passing grade(s) will remain on the record for 

reference purposes. However, when a course is 

successfully repeated, only the passing grade 

(not the original grade/code) will be computed 

in the grade point average. Tuition is charged 

for repeated courses. When a final course 

grade has been established and recorded in 

the student’s record, the grade may only be 

changed with the approval of the Academic 

Director and the Dean of Academic Affairs. 

TRANSITIONAL STUDIES 

Transitional Mathematics and English courses 

are designed to allow students to master basic 

mathematical and English skills needed to 

succeed in all coursework at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. Transitional studies 

courses prepare students for college level 

requirements in English and Mathematics. 

All students who do not achieve the 

standardized placement scores for collegelevel 

English and Mathematics must complete 

the transitional studies courses with a grade 

of “C” or higher. Students must successfully 

complete the transitional studies courses in 

no more than three attempts. Non-completion 

of a transitional studies course in three 

attempts is grounds for academic termination. 

Transitional studies course credits do not 

count towards the total number of credits for 

graduation nor do they count in the Cumulative 

Grade Point Average (CGPA). However, they 

do count in determining the maximum 

time frame toward degree completion and 

the Incremental Completion Rate (ICR). 

CHANGE OF PROGRAM 

A student may change his or her program 

at any point of his or her enrollment while 

in good academic standing. Students will 

be allowed only one change of program. 

Grades from courses taken in a program at the 

same Art Institute, if applicable to a transfer 

program, will be recorded and will affect the 

student’s CGPA. In cases in which a student has 

graduated from the college in one program, 

and then subsequently begins work in a 

different program, grades used in the CGPA of 

the previous program will not be applied to 

the student’s new program CGPA calculation. 

Those courses transferred will apply to the 

new program of study for ICR purposes only. 

The maximum allowable time frame shall be 

calculated as the total number of credits in 

the program minus the number of credits 

applied to the new program of study multiplied 

by 150%. Example: If a student transfers 

36 credits to a new program consisting 

of 180 credits, the calculation would be 

180 - 36 = 144 X 150% = 216 credits. 

Second example: If a student earned 36 credits 

in the original program that are applicable to 

the new program, but transfers 48 credits due 

to repeating failed classes, then the maximum 

allowable time frame is reduced to 198 credits. 

Courses that apply to the second program of 

study will be recorded as earned credit and will 

affect the student’s CGPA. For ICR purposes, 

earned credit applied to the new program 

will reduce the total number of credits that 

must be attempted within the program. 

Therefore, the maximum allowable credits 

are one and one-half times the number 

of credits remaining to complete for 

graduation. Students who change programs 

and students who change session times 

within the same program must complete 

a Change of Program Form, which must 

be filed in the student’s academic file. 

EXTERNAL TRANSFERS 

TRANSFERRING TO ANOTHER EDMC SCHOOL 

If a student wishes to transfer to another Art 

Institutes school, he or she should contact 

the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions at the 

college they intend to attend. The Assistant 

Director of Re-Admissions will assist the student 

in transferring to the new college. The Student 

should also contact their Academic Advisor at 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota to 

discuss the transfer and complete a Change 

of Enrollment form. A student who has been 

terminated and wishes to transfer to another 

Art Institutes school must appeal his/her 

dismissal at the originating school and be 

granted reinstatement prior to the transfer. 

WITHDRAWING FROM THE COLLEGE 

To withdraw from The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota, students must request 

a Change of Enrollment form from the college 

Registrar or Academic Advisor. The form allows 

the student to formally state his or her intention 

to leave the institution, and requires the 

student to obtain signatures from the following: 

Academic Director, Financial Aid, Accounting, 

Library, Technology, Readmissions, and Housing 

(if applicable). International Students must also 

meet with the International Student Advisor 

If the student drops/withdraws from the college 

completely, federal and state refund policies 

are in place and the student may be refunded 

partial tuition. For specific information, 

contact the Accounting department. 

CHANGE OF STATUS 

Once enrolled, a student is assumed to be in 

continuous enrollment and attendance and 

to be making satisfactory academic progress 

until graduation. The student who alters 

this academic progression in any manner is 

considered to be making a “status change” 

which will require approval in advance of the 

change. The basic status changes include: 

1. A change of attendance schedule, such as 

part-time to full-time class attendance. 

2. A change of enrollment, such as a 

student no longer attending classes. 

3. A course change, addition, or deletion. 

4. A major change from one program 

of study to another program of study 

(internal transfer) such as a change 

from Web Design & Interactive 

Media to Graphic Design. 

93

5. Transferring from one Art Institutes 

location to another Art Institutes 

location (external transfer). 

RE-ADMISSIONS PROCEDURES 

Any student who has left the college for any 

time period must go through the formal re-entry 

process. To begin the process, the student must 

meet with the college’s Assistant Director of Re- 

Admission. The Assistant Director of Re-Admission 

will ensure that the student’s records will be 

reviewed by the following school personnel: 

the Academic Director or Academic Advisor will 

review the student’s Academic Progress; Student 

Accounting will review for outstanding balances; 

if applicable, reviews will also be done by 

Financial Aid and Housing. The Dean of Academic 

Affairs has the authority to grant or deny 

approval for re-admission. If approval is granted, 

the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions may 

proceed in the facilitation of the re-admission 

process. Any student who has not attended 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota for 

one or more quarters will be subject to current 

program requirements and standards. 

If students time out of all their classes or leave 

the institution in poor academic standing, they 

must first submit a written request to the Dean 

of Academic Affairs requesting re-admission and 

co-author an Academic Plan with the Academic 

Advisor. The Dean will review all relevant 

academic records, the student’s letter, and the 

Academic Plan when considering requests. 

Re-admission to The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is at the discretion of the Dean of 

Academic Affairs. Once the Dean makes the 

determination for re-admission, the Academic 

Advisor will contact the student with the decision. 

If the student is approved for re-admission, 

that student needs to contact the Assistant 

Director of Re-Admission. If the student 

request is denied by the Dean of Academic 

Affairs, the student must wait one calendar 

year to apply for re-admission again. 

Students taking a military leave, or who have 

withdrawn properly by submitting a Change 

of Enrollment form, and who were in good 

academic standing at that time, must contact 

the Assistant Director of Re-Admissions. The 

Assistant Director of Re-Admissions will facilitate 

the completion of enrollment agreements, 

meetings with a financial planner, course 

registration, and any other student obligations. 

Students who are academically terminated for 

violating the Satisfactory Academic Progress 

Policy must appeal in writing to the Dean of 

Academic Affairs for re-admission before the start 

of the quarter in which he/she wishes to return. 

The appeal procedure described in the 

preceding section applies. If the appeal is 

granted, the reentering student will be placed 

on probation during the quarter of return. The 

student must meet the minimum standards 

of the SAP Policy to continue in the program. 

The student must successfully retake courses 

previously failed so that the recalculated GPA 

and successful completion percentage meets 

or exceeds the minimum requirements. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

MISSION STATEMENT 

General Education at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota fosters critical 

and creative thinking by advancing 

skills and understandings in: 

I. Communication 

II. Mathematics and Natural Sciences 

III. Social Sciences 

IV. Humanities 

The program is further committed to a 

continuing focus on understanding ethical 

behaviors and life-long learning. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 

General Education Requirements for AAS Degrees 

All Associate in Applied Science candidates must 

complete 32 quarter-credits in General Education. 

The following distribution requirements must 

be satisfied: a) Communication – 12 quarter 

credits (8 in English Composition and 4 in 

Verbal Communication); b) Mathematics and 

Natural Sciences - at least 4 quarter credits; 

c) Social Sciences - at least 4 quarter credits; 

d) Humanities - at least four-quarter credits. 

Additional credits (8) must be selected from 

the remaining general education offerings. 

Transitional courses are not included in the 

General Education total credit requirement. 

General Education transfer credits will be applied, 

as appropriate, towards the requirements 

in each of the categories listed above 

General Education Requirements 

for BS or BFA Degrees 

All Bachelor’s degree (Bachelor of Science or a 

Bachelor of Fine Arts) candidates must complete 

56 quarter-credits in General Education. The 

following distribution requirements must be 

satisfied: a) Communication - 16 quarter-credits 

(8 in English Composition and 4 in Verbal 

Communication); b) Mathematics and Natural 

Science - at least 8 quarter- credits; c) Social 

Sciences - at least 8 quarter-credits; d) Humanities 

- at least 8 quarter-credits. Additional general 

education courses must be selected for a total of 

56 credits. Transitional courses are not included 

in the General Education total credit requirement. 

General Education transfer credits will be applied, 

as appropriate, towards the requirements 

in each of the categories listed above. 

ADDITIONAL LEARNING 

EXPERIENCES 

STUDY TRIPS 


arranges study trips to local cultural and 

commercial sites. These visits are an integral part 

of each student’s training and offer a chance for 

valuable exposure to places and events relating 

to the student’s field of study. In addition to local 

study trips to support the curriculum, out-of-town 

seminars and visits may be planned in individual 

programs. The costs related to optional study 

trips are not included in regular tuition or fees. 

EXHIBITION OF STUDENT WORK 

Student artwork is important to The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota. It is of 

benefit in teaching other students and in 

demonstrating the nature and value of the 

programs. Student artwork is a basic part of 

the catalog, other publications, and exhibitions 

illustrating the programs at the college. The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves 

the right to use the artwork of its students, 

with their permission, for such purposes. 

GRADUATION 

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 

In order to graduate, a student must: 

• receive a passing grade or credit 

for all required course work 

• earn the minimum required 

credits for the program 

• achieve a minimum CGPA of 2.0 

and a minimum ICR of 66.67% 

• meet portfolio or other requirements 

• participate successfully in the All College 

Senior Portfolio Show or the Culinary 

Reception, as prescribed by program of study 

• satisfy all financial obligations with The 


• complete a graduation clearance form 

It is the practice of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota to round GPA and CGPA points 

to the nearest tenth percent for the purpose 

of determining academic progress. No 

more than 75% of the total required credits 

for graduation may be transferred from 

another institution. Transfer credits are not 

used to determine grade point average. 

FINAL QUARTER 

During the final quarter of enrollment at The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota graduates 

must complete course work by the end of Week 

10. Faculty members are required to submit 

final graduate grades by Monday of Week 11. 

This ensures that all graduation requirements 

have been met and that the student is eligible 

for graduation. Students should inform their 

faculty members during the first week of the 

term that they are graduating. Faculty members 

will then work with the student to ensure a 

revised time line is developed to accommodate 

the shortened term. Because of the shortened 

term, students in their graduating quarter are 

not allowed to take session II online courses. 

CRITERIA FOR HONORS DESIGNATION 

To promote academic excellence and to 

recognize exemplary academic achievement, 

the following honors designations 

will be issued upon graduation. 

Students who achieve a CGPA of 3.5 or 

better are designated as Honor Graduates. 

Transitional studies classes are not considered 

when evaluating honors designations. 

PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENTS 

Graduating students from all programs must 

pass a required course in which a portfolio or 

final project is produced. The portfolio or project 

must meet the standards established by the 

school for entry-level employment. The portfolio, 

in some departments, may be evaluated by a 

committee. An outline of portfolio standards, 

projects, and general criteria is provided to 

students within each program through the 

required Portfolio or Capstone course. 

These portfolio requirements are periodically 

reviewed; The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota reserves the right to alter or 

modify the portfolio requirements at any 

time it is deemed to be in the best interest of 

graduating students to enhance their career 

employment potential. Students will show 

their portfolio or project work at the end of 

the quarter in which they actually graduate. 

PORTFOLIO REVIEW SHOW AND 

CULINARY RECEPTION 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota is 

proud to offer a portfolio show for its graduating 

students. It is intended to celebrate work and 


accomplishments of the graduating students 

and to showcase their work for family, friends, 

staff, faculty, employers, and continuing students. 

Students must meet the college’s portfolio 

standards, develop a marketable resume, and 

participate in the Portfolio Review Show or Culinary 

Reception in order to meet The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota’s graduation requirements. 

CAREER SERVICES 


maintains a complete and comprehensive Career 

Services Department. The department staff assists 

students in locating and securing part-time and 

freelance jobs while attending school, and full-time 

field-related employment upon graduation. 

GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT 

ASSISTANCE 


does not guarantee employment or any 

particular level of compensation following 

graduation. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota does, however, offer assistance in 

searching for employment opportunities for 

qualified graduates at no additional charge. 

Job search directories are maintained in the 

Career Services Department. The college 

develops and maintains employer contacts 

through telemarketing, promotional materials, 

and recruiting events. Portfolio Review 

Shows are held to enhance employment 

possibilities for the graduates. Graduates 

who confine employment considerations to 

the Twin Cities area may limit the particular 

employment opportunities available to them. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

ASSISTANCE 

The Student Employment Advisor is in contact with 

potential employers in order to secure part-time 

job opportunities for in-school students. Part-time 

employment helps students earn extra money for 

supplies and incidental expenses. After the student 

registers with the Career Services Department, the 

Student Employment Advisor assists students with 

the identification of part-time job opportunities. 

The student is expected to follow up on all leads 

accepted and report progress to the Advisor. 

The student is expected to arrive on time and be 

dressed appropriately for scheduled interviews. 

GRADUATE EMPLOYMENT 

INFORMATION 


maintains graduate placement information. 

For specific placement data, contact 

the Director of Career Services. 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 


provides a wide variety of support services to 

help students complete their academic programs 

and reach their career goals. Student Affairs 

functions as a department, which extends 

student learning and development beyond 

the classroom. Of priority is the development 

of the whole person via integration of the 

student’s intellectual development, values, 

thoughts, emotions and actions. It is our goal 

not only to provide a quality environment, 

which meets students’ basic needs, but to also 

provide an array of services and programs which 

enhance student development and success at 


The areas within Student Affairs include student 

housing, support services, disability services, 

student health insurance, student activities 

encompassing clubs and organizations, 

programs and activities and leadership 

opportunities; international student advising, 

new student orientation and graduation. 

Student Affairs is continually striving to provide 

students with critical learning experiences to 

help students live as responsible members of 

a community, and to care for their personal, 

physical, emotional, spiritual and social lives. 

The department encourages the involvement 

of students, faculty and staff in activities that 

encourage awareness, creative expression 

and social and professional development. 

STUDENT CLUBS AND ACTIVITIES 

A wide variety of student clubs and organizations 

are present on campus and students are 

encouraged to become involved. Many of the 

student organizations directly reflect the interests 

of students in their chosen field of study and 

provide an opportunity for networking and 

professional development. Student organization 

fundraisers require approval from the Office of 

Student Affairs prior to the event. Students are 

encouraged to approach the Student Affairs 

staff with new ideas for student organizations. 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota also 

provides a diverse campus activities program 

that is designed to enhance the social, emotional, 

physical, and mental, well being of students. 

Activities offered vary by quarter, so check with 

the Office of Student Affairs for more information. 

STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES 

Our programs and services strive to promote 

a healthy, equitable and positive community. 

Services include assessment, outreach, advocacy, 

referrals, crisis intervention, consultation and 

guidance related to student development 

and individual well being. All services 

are provided in a manner that is positive, 

empowering and respectful to the individual 

and the diversity of the community. 

The purpose of student support services is to 

provide quality, short-term, solution-focused 

intervention to help students alleviate academic 

and nonacademic life stressors and to assist 

them in recognizing and cultivating their own 

abilities and resources. Student Support Services 

provides assistance by utilizing a wellness 

approach for the student population, including: 

• Assistance with study habits, time 

management, stress management, 

communication, problem solving, transition to 

college and many other college success topics 

• Special events/workshops on health 

or wellness related subjects 

• Information on human services in the local area 

• Coordination of disability services for 

students who qualify in compliance with 

the Americans with Disabilities Act 

• Referral to short term counseling provided by 

the Student Assistance program for students 

in need of emotional support or guidance. 

THE STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM 

The Student Assistance Program is a service 

available at no charge to students and provides 

confidential counseling via telephone 24 

hours per day, 7 days a week. The program 

counselor may refer a student for limited visits 

with an area network mental health provider 

or assist the student with locating resources 

within the community. Through the program, 

students can receive assistance with issues such 

as budget and debt assistance, new parent 

transition, relationships, depression, anxiety, 

substance abuse, and any other relevant 

concerns. To schedule an appointment with 

Student Support Services to discuss your needs, 

please call 612.656.6866 or stop in the Student 

Affairs office located at room 209 Pence. 

DISABILITY SERVICES 


provides accommodations to qualified students 

with disabilities. The Disability Services office 

assists qualified students with disabilities 

in acquiring reasonable and appropriate 

accommodations and in supporting equal 

access to services, programs and activities at 


Students who seek reasonable accommodations 

should notify the Disabilities Services Coordinator, 

Valerie Johnson of their specific limitations and, if 

known, their specific requested accommodations. 

Students will be asked to supply medical 

documentation of the need for accommodation. 

Classroom accommodations are not retroactive, 

but are effective only upon the student sharing 

approved accommodations with the instructor. 

Therefore, students are encouraged to request 

accommodations as early as feasible with the 

Disability Services Coordinator to allow for 

time to gather necessary documentation. If 

you have a concern or complaint in this regard, 

please contact the Dean of Students in Room 

209 Pence, telephone number 612.656.6866. 

Complaints will be handled in accordance with 

the school’s Internal Grievance Procedure for 

Complaints of Discrimination and Harassment. 

RESIDENCE LIFE AND HOUSING 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota serves 

the student by establishing a solid foundation 

in a community environment that enhances a 

student’s well being through opportunities for 

social interaction, programming, and services that 

provide for his/her basic needs. Studies show that 

time spent living in student housing increases 

your chances of success, both in the classroom 

and outside of it. In addition, a student can include 

the housing costs in his/her financial plan. 

The Residence Life & Housing Office is 

dedicated to the task of helping you meet 

your housing needs throughout your stay at 


The living arrangement you choose is 

important to your well being and success. 

THE ART INSTITUTES INTERNATIONAL 

MINNESOTA STUDENT HOUSING 


offers student suites at Stadium View near 

downtown Minneapolis. Stadium View offers 

95

congenial, convenient, clean, comfortable 

student housing. Students living in student 

housing receive their own private bedroom and 

private bathroom. Included in the price per 

quarter are the following: all utilities, Internet, 

expanded cable with HBO, and furnishings. 

Furnishings for the private bedroom/ 

private bath option includes: 

• A kitchen with full-sized appliances 

• Full-sized beds 

• Two dressers and one desk 

plus a chair per student 

• Two wardrobe closets per student 

• One dinette table with chairs per suite 

• One sofa and loveseat per suite 

Students interested in housing must complete 

the Housing Application, and submit a onetime 

$150.00 Housing Application Payment. 

Once the Residence Life and Housing Office 

has received these items and the financial plan 

is finalized, the Residence Life and Housing 

Office begins the process of placing the 

student into a suite. Approximately two weeks 

prior to the start of the quarter, the student 

receives notification of housing assignment 

placement, move-in times and dates, as well as 

contact information about her/his suitemate. 

Students are encouraged to call suitemates in 

advance to coordinate sharing of the space, small 

appliances and electronics. Students who have 

a specific person they would like as a suitemate 

should contact the Residence Life and Housing 

Office at (800) 777-3643, extension 6835. 

INDEPENDENT HOUSING 

We have collected a number of Internet and 

publication resources that can assist students 

who are looking for housing outside of The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota student 

housing. This information is available in the 

Residence Life & Housing office. The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota does not endorse, 

screen, or recommend any specific apartment 

community, landlord, or apartment placement 

firm. Contact the Director of Residence Life at 

612.656.6835 if you would like more information 

about student housing or independent housing. 

HEALTH INSURANCE 

All students are urged to carry a primary private 

insurance policy that covers comprehensive 

health care. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota offers a student health insurance 

program. This program is administered by 

a third party provider. Information on the 

plan’s benefits and pricing is available in the 

Student Affairs Office located in 209 Pence. 

All international students are required to 

maintain health insurance at all times in 

case of sickness. A list of local hospitals is 

available in the Student Affairs office. 

INTERNATIONAL 

STUDENT ADVISING 

The Dean of Student Affairs is the contact for 

all international students who hold student 

visas. This staff member provides procedure 

and policy assistance regarding nonimmigrant 

student visas. The Dean will advise international 

students in order to help them maintain 

compliance with Department of Homeland 

Security regulations and to assist in making 

this educational experience a positive one. 

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT 


promotes learning and the development 

of integrated, whole persons. Students 

may expect that the institution and all its 

members will treat them as adults and as full 

participants in the educational process. 


strives to be a community characterized as 

thinking, caring, inclusive and active. Such a 

community requires that its members, having 

made a choice to join the community, strive 

to improve themselves, affirm others and 

actively involve themselves in enhancing 

the community. These ideals require that we 

have explicit, clear and high expectations for 

one another. These expectations are that: 

• We take responsibility for our own 

learning and personal development 

• We challenge each other to develop 

intellectually and ethically 

• We practice personal and academic integrity 

• We consider and seek to understand 

different ideas and viewpoints 

• We conduct ourselves with dignity and 

civility in our interactions with one another 

• We care about others’ welfare and seek 

to be responsive to their needs 

• We strive to keep one another safe 

from physical and emotional harm 

• We respect the dignity and 

worth of all persons 

• We celebrate human differences 

in their many forms 

• We confront bigotry with caring 

and without compromise 

• We respect the rights and property of others 

• We take responsibility for our actions, 

bear the consequences of those 

actions and learn from them 

• We challenge others to take 

responsibility for their actions, to bear the 

consequences and to learn from them 

SECTION I. GUIDING PRINCIPLES 


recognizes its students as responsible and 

dedicated men and women who are preparing 

for career employment. An integral part of their 

career and professional development is the 

expectation that they conduct themselves during 

the education process in the same manner as 

will be expected in all employment situations. 

As members of the College community, students 

have responsibilities and duties commensurate 

with their rights and privileges. In this policy, 


provides guidance to students regarding those 

standards of student conduct and behavior 

that it considers essential to its educational 

mission. This policy also provides guidance 

regarding the types of conduct that infringe 

upon the fulfillment of the Institute’s mission. 

SECTION II. SCOPE 

This Student Conduct Policy applies to all 

students and student organizations at The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

SECTION III. REACH 

The Student Conduct Policy shall apply to 

student conduct that occurs on The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota premises including 

online platforms, at College-sponsored activities, 

student organization sponsored events or in 

student housing. At the discretion of the Chief 

Conduct Officer (Dean of Student Affairs or 

a delegate as appointed by the President of 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota), 

the policy also shall apply to off-campus 

student conduct when the conduct, as alleged, 

adversely affects a substantial college interest 

and potentially violates a campus policy. 

SECTION IV. RESPONSIBILITIES 

OF DUAL MEMBERSHIP 

Students are both members of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota community and 

citizens of the state. As citizens, students are 

responsible to the community of which they are 

a part, and, as students, they are responsible to 

the academic community of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota and to other individuals 

who make up the community. By enforcing 

its Student Conduct Policy, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota neither substitutes for 

nor interferes with other civil or criminal legal 

processes. When a student is charged in both 

jurisdictions, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will decide on the basis of its interests, 

the interests of affected students, and the 

interests of the community whether to proceed 

with its disciplinary process or to defer action. 

SECTION V. DISCIPLINARY OFFENSES 

The offenses listed below are given as 

examples only. The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota may sanction other conduct 

not specifically included on this list. 

1. Academic Dishonesty 

a) Plagiarism 

b) Cheating on assignments 

or examinations ; 

c) Engaging in unauthorized 

collaboration on academic work; 

d) Taking, acquiring or using test 

materials without faculty permission; 

e) Submitting false or incomplete 

records of academic achievement; 

f) Altering, forging or misusing a 

college academic record; 

g) Fabricating or falsifying data, research 

procedures, or data analysis; 

h) Deceiving the college and/or its officials. 

2. Illegal or Unauthorized 

Possession or Use of Weapons 

a) Possession or use of firearms, 

explosives, dangerous chemicals, 

or other weapons, likenesses of 

weapons, on college property or at 

college sponsored functions, except 

where possession is required by law. 

3. Sexual Assault or Nonconsensual Contact 

a) Any form of unwanted sexual attention 

or unwanted sexual contact. 

4. Threatening, Violent or Aggressive Conduct 


a) Assault, battery, or any other 

form of physical abuse of a 

student or college employee; 

b) Fighting or physical altercation; 

c) Conveyance of threats by any means 

of communication including, but not 

limited to, threats of physical abuse 

and threats to damage or destroy 

college property or the property of 

other students or college employees. 

d) Any conduct that threatens the health 

or safety of another individual one’s 

own self or another individual. Threats 

to commit self-harm and/ or actual 

incidents of self-harm by any student. 

5. Theft, Property Damage and Vandalism 

a) Theft, attempted theft, vandalism/ 

damage, or defacing of college 

property, college controlled property 

or the property of another student, 

faculty, staff member or guests. 

b) Extortion 

c) Setting fires, tampering with fire safety 

and/or firefighting equipment. 

6. Disruptive or Disorderly Conduct 

a) Disruptive behavior, such as interference 

with the normal operations of the 

college (i.e., disruption of teaching and 

administrative functions, disciplinary 

procedures, pedestrian or vehicular 

traffic, or other college activities) 

b) Disruptive classroom conduct, such as, 

i. Engaging in behavior that 

substantially or repeatedly 

interrupts either the instructor’s 

ability to teach or student learning. 

The classroom extends to any 

setting where a student is engaged 

in work toward academic credit 

or satisfaction of program-based 

requirements or related activities; 

ii. Use of cell phones and pagers 

during scheduled classroom times. 

c) Disorderly Conduct, such as, 

i. Disorderly, lewd, indecent, or 

obscene conduct. This would 

include but is not limited to any 

type of clothing, gang colors, 

gang symbols or materials worn 

or brought onto the premises by 

any student or guest deemed to 

be lewd, indecent or obscene as 

determined by college officials. 

ii. Breach of peace on college 

property or at any collegesponsored 

or supervised program. 

iii. Any in-school or off-campus act 

considered inappropriate or as 

an example of misconduct that 

adversely affects the interests of 

The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota and/or its reputation. 

7. Illegal or Unauthorized Possession 

or Use of Drugs or Alcohol 

a) Use, sale, possession or distribution 

of illegal or controlled substances, 

drug or drug paraphernalia on college 

property or at any function sponsored 

or supervised by the college. 

b) Being under the influence of illegal 

or controlled substances on college 

property, or at any college function. 

c) Use, sale, possession or distribution 

of alcoholic beverages on college 

property or at any function sponsored 

or supervised by the college. 

d) Being under the influence of alcohol 

on college property or at any college 

function is also prohibited. 

8. Verbal Assault, Defamation and Harassment 

a) Verbal abuse of a student 

or college employee. 

b) Harassment by any means of any 

individual, including coercion and 

personal abuse. Harassment includes but 

is not limited to, written or verbal acts or 

uses of technology, which have the effect 

of harassing or intimidating a person. 

c) Harassment based on sex, race, 

color, national origin, religion, 

sexual orientation, age, disability 

or any other criteria protected 

by state, federal or local law. 

9. Hazing 

a) Any form of “hazing” and any act that 

endangers the safety of a student, or that 

destroys or removes public or private 

property, for the purpose of initiation, 

admission into, affiliation with, or as a 

condition for continued membership 

in a group or organization. “Hazing” 

includes any method of initiation or 

pre-initiation into a student club or 

any pastime or amusement engaged 

in with respect to such a club that 

causes, or is likely to cause, bodily 

danger, physical harm, or personal 

degradation or disgrace resulting in 

physical or mental harm, to any student 

or other person attending the college. 

10. Falsification 

Willfully providing college officials with false, 

misleading or incomplete information 

a) Forgery, falsification, alteration or 

misuse of college documents, records 

or identification with the intent to 

injure, defraud, or misinform. 

b) Violation of school safety regulations, 

including but not limited to setting 

fires, tampering with fire safety and/ 

or firefighting equipment, failure to 

exit during fire drill, turning in false 

fire alarms and bomb threats. 

11. Abuse of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota disciplinary 

system, including but not limited to: 

a) Failure to obey the summons of a 

disciplinary body or college official 

b) Falsification, distortion, or 

misrepresentation of information before 

a disciplinary body or college official. 

c) Disruption or interference 

with the orderly conduct of a 

disciplinary proceeding. 

d) Attempting to influence the impartiality 

of a member of a disciplinary body 

prior to and/or during the course 

of the disciplinary proceeding. 

e) Verbal or physical harassment and/ 

or intimidation of a member of a 

disciplinary body prior to, during, and/ 

or after the disciplinary proceeding. 

f) Failure to comply with the 

sanction(s) imposed under the 

student conduct policy. 

g) Influencing or attempting to influence 

another person to commit an abuse 

of the disciplinary system. 

12. Unauthorized Use or Misuse of College Facilities 

a) Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized 

use of, or misuse of college property, 

including computers and data and 

voice communication networks. 

13. Violation of Federal or State Laws 

a) Violation of federal, state or local laws 

and college rules and regulations on 

college property or at college sanctioned 

or college-sponsored functions. 

14. Insubordination 

a) Persistent or gross acts of 

willful disobedience or defiance 

toward college personnel. 

b) Failure to comply with direction 

of college officials, faculty, staff or 

security officers who are acting in 

the performance of their duties. 

c) Failure to exit during fire drill, 

d) Failure to identify oneself when on 

college property or at a collegesponsored 

or supervised functions, 

upon request of college official acting 

in the performance of his/her duties 

15. Violations of College Rules 

a) Violations by guest of a student 

on college property. Students are 

responsible for the actions of their guests. 

b) Violation of school safety regulations. 

c) Smoking in classrooms or other 

college buildings or areas unless 

designated as a smoking area. 

d) Any violation of the student housing 

license agreement, rules and regulations 

and/or the college-sponsored 

housing student handbook. 

e) Any violation of the institutions policies 

on the responsible use of technology 

including but not limited to 

i. The theft or abuse of computer, email, 

Internet or Intranet resources 

ii. Unauthorized entry into a file, to 

use, read, or change the contents, 

of for any other purpose. 

iii. Unauthorized transfer of a file. 

iv. Unauthorized downloading 

of copyrighted materials 

in violation of law. 

v. Unauthorized use of another 

individual’s identification 

and/or password. 

vi. Use of computing facilities 

to interfere with the work 

of another student, faculty 

member, or school official. 

vii. Use of computing facilities to send 

obscene or abusive messages. 

viii. Use of computing facilities to 

interfere with normal operation of 

the school’s computing system. 

f) Failure to satisfy school 

financial obligations. 

The above list is illustrative only, and The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota may sanction 

other conduct not specifically included on this list. 

VI. SANCTIONS. 


may impose sanctions for violations of the 

student conduct policy. The type of sanction 

imposed may vary depending upon the 

seriousness of the violation(s). The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota reserves 

the right to immediately impose the most 

severe sanction if circumstances merit. 

97

Although not exhaustive, the following 

list represents the types of sanctions 

that may be imposed upon any student 

or student organization found to have 

violated the student conduct policy: 

1. Warning: A notice in writing that a student 

has failed to meet some aspect of the 

school’s standards and expectations. 

2. Probation: Probation is used for repeated 

violations or a specific violation of a serious 

nature. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her 

delegate defines the terms of probation. 

3. Discretionary Sanctions: The student 

will be required to complete an 

educational service, attend counseling, 

or have restricted privileges. 

4. Removal from Sponsored Housing: The 

student will be immediately dismissed from 

school-sponsored housing. The student 

will be required to vacate the premises 

according to the terms of the sanction. 

5. Suspension: Separation of the student from 

the school for a pre-determined period of 

time. The student may be able to return 

to school once specified conditions for 

readmission are met. The student may 

not attend classes, visit college-sponsored 

housing, use school facilities, participate in 

or attend college activities, or be employed 

by the school during his/her suspension. 

6. Expulsion: The student will be expelled from 


immediately. The student will not be 

permitted to continue his or her studies 

at the college and may not return to the 

college or to college-sponsored housing 

or activities at any time or for any reason. 

7. Restitution: Compensation for loss or damage 

to property leased, owned or controlled 

by the school. This may take the form 

of monetary or material replacement. 

The above list is only a general guideline. 

Some sanctions may be omitted, and other 

sanctions not listed above may be used. 

SECTION VII. DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES: 

Complaint 

Any member of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota community may file a complaint 

against any student for misconduct or for 

otherwise being in violation of The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota policies. 

1. The complaint shall be prepared in 

writing and directed to the Chief 

Conduct Officer or his/her delegate. 

2. The written complaint should include the 

nature of the offense, date, approximate 

time and location of incident. The 

name of the victim, offender and 

any witness/es may be included. 

3. Complaints should be submitted within 

48 hours after the alleged violation 

occurred unless there are extenuating 

circumstances requiring a longer timeframe. 

The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate may 

review and investigate the complaint to 

determine if the allegations have factual merit, to 

identify violations of the student conduct policy, 

and to impose sanctions for such violations. 

Generally, the accused should be given the 

opportunity to tell his or her account of the 

situation and to provide this information, in 

writing, unless The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota determines that the circumstances do 

not warrant disclosure of some or all of the facts. 

Search of Student’s Property 

Students have no expectation of privacy in 

their personal property while on campus. The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota reserves 

the right to search the contents of students’ 

personal property or belongings at any time 

and for any reason, including when there is 

reasonable suspicion on the part of The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota staff that a risk 

to the health, safety or welfare of students, and/ 

or the school community exists and including 

searches pursuant to an investigation of potential 

wrong doing. This includes but is not limited 

to vehicles brought onto property leased, 

owned or controlled by the school, backpacks, 

portfolios and clothing. This policy also applies 

to student property in school-sponsored 

housing, student e-mail and/or computers. 

Notification and Determination of Violations 

that Warrant Disciplinary Meeting 

1. The Chief Conduct Officer or a delegate may 

choose to conduct a disciplinary meeting. 

Potential attendees include a student or 

students, the Chief Conduct Officer or his/ 

her delegate and others who may have 

relevant information. The Student should 

receive advance notice of the allegations 

and the reason for the meeting. 

2. The Chief Conduct Officer or his/her delegate 

may render and communicate the decision 

to the student in writing, which shall describe 

the violation and the sanctions imposed, 

if any, and the student’s right to appeal. If 

the Chief Conduct Officer determines that 

there was no violation, that decision may be 

documented in writing to the student as well. 

3. If a student fails to appear for the meeting, 

the Chief Conduct Officer or his/her 

delegate may make a determination 

of violations of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota policies on the 

basis of the information available, and 

impose sanctions for such violations. 

Notification and Determination of Violations 

that Warrant Disciplinary Hearing 

In some cases, involving serious violations, 

the Chief Conduct Officer or delegate, hereby 

referred to as “Hearing Officer”, in his or her 

sole discretion, may choose to assemble a 

disciplinary panel to adjudicate the process. 

1. The Hearing Officer may immediately (before 

a hearing takes place) remove the student 

from the campus community pursuant to 

an Interim Suspension until the Disciplinary 

Panel is convened. (See Interim Suspension). 

2. The Student should receive advance 

notice of the allegations and the 

reason for the meeting. A student may 

forgo attendance at the hearing and 

a determination of the sanction will 

be made by the Disciplinary Panel. 

3. Hearings normally shall be conducted 

in private. The Disciplinary Hearing 

is an academic hearing, not a legal 

hearing. Therefore, legal counsel 

is not allowed at the hearing. 

4. The student may be accompanied by one 

person (family member, friend, etc) to 

provide support. The committee may prohibit 

from attending or remove any person who 

disrupts the proceedings of the committee. 

5. In Hearings involving more than one 

STUDENT, the Hearing Officer, in his 

or her discretion, may permit the 

hearing concerning each student 

to be conducted separately. 

6. The Disciplinary Panel may hear from 

any person who may have relevant 

information and the Panel may review 

any documents presented to them. 

a. Pertinent records, documents 

and written statements may 

be considered by the Hearing 

Officer at his/her discretion 

b. The Disciplinary Panel may 

ask questions and may seek 

information not provided to it. 

7. The Disciplinary Panel may determine 

whether it is more likely than not 

that a violation occurred The 

Panel should communicate to the 

Hearing Officer its decision and its 

recommended sanction, if any. 

8. After the Hearing, the Hearing Officer will 

issue a written decision to the accused 

student which identifies the accusations 

and the panel’s conclusions, any sanctions, 

and the student’s right of appeal. 

9. In general, the accused should have 

access to the documentation reviewed 

by the panel, however identifying names 

and information may be removed from 

the documentation when necessary to 

protect other student’s privacy rights. 

Disciplinary Panel 

A Disciplinary Panel may consist of members 

of the college Executive Committee, Campus 

Staff, Faculty or Student Body. When 

students are permitted on the panel, the 

accused student should sign a form granting 

permission to release his/her educational 

records to a student serving on the panel. 

Failure to sign the permission constitutes an 

agreement to have no student on the panel. 

Administrative Interim Suspension 

Students may be administratively 

suspended on an interim basis when: 

1. serious allegations are being investigated 

2. serious allegations are pending 

before a disciplinary panel 

3. in advance of a disciplinary panel hearing; or 

4. when a student potentially poses a threat of 

harm to himself, to others, or to property of 


or a member of the college community 

During the interim suspension, students are 

denied access to college-sponsored housing and/ 

or to the school (including classes, labs, library) 

and/or all other school activities or privileges 

for which the student might otherwise be 

eligible, as the Chief Conduct Officer or designee 

may determine to be appropriate. This interim 

suspension period should last no longer than 

three business days, and the Chief Conduct 

Officer or delegate may make reasonable 

provisions to provide for accommodations 

of a student in school sponsored housing. 


The interim suspension is not to be 

considered disciplinary, but it is a tool 

to separate potential adversaries until 

a reasoned decision can be made. 

VIII. APPEAL PROCEDURES 

Students have a right to appeal disciplinary 

actions when they believe they have extenuating 

circumstances or believe to have been treated 

in an arbitrary or biased fashion or without 

adherence to The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota policies and procedures. 

• During an appeal, the student should 

continue to obey the terms of the decision, 

i.e., a student who has been suspended from 

school may not be on school property, a 

student dismissed from school-sponsored 

housing must leave in accordance with 

the directions indicated in the decision. 

• The student must write a letter of appeal 

in the student’s own words, addressed 

to the President of The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota or his/her 

delegate. This letter must clearly state the 

extenuating circumstances or the grounds 

for believing the decision was arbitrary or 

biased or that it was without adherence to 


policies and procedures, and provide any 

supporting documentation. It must be 

delivered to the President or his/her delegate 

within seven calendar days following 

the student’s receipt of the decision. 

• Students should provide documentation 

to support the allegations of the appeal. 

• The President or his/her delegate may 

appoint an ad hoc committee to review 

appeals and make a recommendation 

regarding disposition of the appeal within 

30 days of the date of receipt of the appeal. 

This committee will be comprised of 

faculty or staff members not involved in 

making the initial disciplinary decision. 

• The President and/or the committee may 

decide to convene an appeal hearing. 

The student will be informed notified in 

writing of the date and time of the appeal. 

The student is expected to attend the 

meeting, and failure to do so, for other 

than documented emergencies, may be 

considered forfeiture of the right to present 

further information regarding the appeal. 

• The student making the appeal may be 

provided an opportunity to address the 

committee in person. The student may 

be accompanied by one person (family 

member, friend, etc) as an observer. The 

committee may prohibit from attending 

or remove any person who disrupts 

the proceedings of the committee. 

• The Appeal Committee is an academic 

hearing, not a legal hearing. Therefore, legal 

counsel is not allowed at the meeting. 

• Audio recording of the academic 

hearing is not permitted. Minutes 

of the meeting are confidential. 

• Following appropriate review and 

deliberation, the committee will report back 

to the President or his/her delegate with its 

recommendation following its review of the 

appeal. The President or his/her delegate 

will render a written decision on the appeal 

within thirty calendar days from receipt 

of the appeal. The decision will be final. 

Academic Integrity Policy 

Consistent with its mission and values, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota seeks to 

guide students to develop ideas and concepts 

that are their own. Any student who engages 

in conduct that violates principles of academic 

integrity and honesty is subject to disciplinary 

proceedings under the Student Code of Conduct. 

Academic integrity includes the 

following expectations: 

1. Students shall allow others to 

receive credit for their work by: 

a) Refraining from intentionally or 

inadvertently presenting the ideas of 

others as their own; 

b) Refraining from assisting others 

in presenting the work of 

someone else as his/her own. 

2. Students shall refrain from receiving or 

giving assistance on course assignments or 

tests beyond the guidelines established by 

the course instructor. 

3. Students shall refrain from falsifying, 

fabricating, or distorting data through 

omission. 

4. Students shall refrain from misrepresenting 

his/her personal accomplishments. 

Violations of the Academic 

Integrity policy include: 

Plagiarism: the act of representing someone 

else’s work as the student’s own regardless 

of the intent. The presentation of written 

documents, still or moving images, original 

ideas, research information, audio samples 

and music clips that are not the student’s own 

work without proper citation is plagiarism. 

Cheating: the act of receiving or giving assistance 

on written or electronic assignments, exams, 

or documents submitted as original pieces 

of work. This includes bringing unauthorized 

written notes, programmed material in watches, 

calculators, PDAs, cell phones, or laptops to 

in-class assignments, tests or exams, or takehome 

assignment or exams that exceed the 

guidelines set by the course instructor. 

Aiding and abetting another individual in 

cheating and plagiarism is considered a 

violation of the Academic Integrity policy. 

Disciplinary Sanctions: 

At The Art Institutes International Minnesota, 

violations of the Academic Integrity policy 

are cumulative offenses throughout the 

student’s career at the college: each act of 

plagiarism or cheating is documented in the 

student’s judicial record, held in the Office of 

the Dean of Student Affairs, and the student’s 

academic record in the Registrar’s office. 

Violations of this policy will be handled in 

accordance with the disciplinary procedures 

outlined in the Student Conduct policy. 

1st Offense: 

• Failure of the assignment or examination 

(0 points) with no opportunity to re-do or 

make up work that has been plagiarized 

or produced as a result of cheating. 

The faculty member should calculate a 

course grade as if the assignment had 

been submitted but received no points. 

Depending on the weight and timing of 

the assignment or exam, this may result 

in the student’s failure of the course. 

• Documentation of the plagiarism or 

cheating is filed in the student’s judicial 

record in the office of the Dean of Student 

Affairs and in the student’s academic 

record in the office of the Registrar. 

2nd Offense: 

• Failure of the course. 

• A letter of Academic Warning is sent by the 

office of the Dean of Academic Affairs. 




Affairs, and in the student’s academic 


3rd Offense: 

• Failure of the course. 




Affairs, and in the student’s academic 


• Possible suspension/termination from 


with right to appeal as per procedures set 

forth in the Student Code of Conduct. 

STUDENT GRIEVANCE 

PROCEDURE FOR INTERNAL 

COMPLAINTS OF DISCRIMINATION 

AND HARASSMENT 

Students who believe they have been subjected 

to discrimination or harassment in violation 

of the Non-Discrimination Policy should 

follow the procedure outlined below. 

Sexual violence is considered to be a form 

of sexual harassment, and therefore is also 

considered a form of sex discrimination. This 

complaint procedure is intended to provide a 

fair, prompt, impartial and reliable determination 

about whether The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota Non-Discrimination Policy has 

been violated. This complaint procedure is 

intended to provide a fair, prompt, impartial 

and reliable determination about whether 

discrimination or harassment has occurred 

1. Complainants are encouraged to file a 

complaint as soon as possible after an alleged 

incident of discrimination or harassment 

has occurred. Any student who chooses to 

file a discrimination complaint should do 

so for non-academic matters with Dean of 

Student Affairs or for academic matters with 

Dean of Academic Affairs. The complaint 

should be presented in writing and it should 

describe the alleged incident(s) and any 

corrective action sought. The complaint 

should be signed by the complainant. 

2. The Dean of Student Affairs or Dean of 

Academic Affairs will investigate the 

allegations. Both the complainant and 

the accused will have an opportunity to 

meet and discuss the allegations with the 

99

investigator and may offer any witnesses 

and other evidence in support of their 

position to the investigator during the 

course of the investigation. A student 

may be accompanied during investigation 

meetings and discussions by one person 

(family member, friend, etc.) who can act 

as an observer, provide emotional support, 

and/or assist the student in understanding 

and cooperating in the investigation. 

The observer may not be an attorney, 

unless otherwise required by local law. 

When evaluating complaints of sexual 

harassment, the Dean of Student Affairs 

or Dean of Academic Affairs will apply the 

preponderance of the evidence standard 

(for example, it is more likely than not that 

sexual harassment or violence has occurred) 

to determine the outcome. The investigator 

may prohibit from attending or remove 

any person who disrupts the investigation 

in the investigator’s sole discretion. 

3. The student who made the complaint and 

the accused shall be informed promptly in 

writing when the investigation is completed, 

no later than 45 calendar days from the 

date the complaint was filed. The student 

who made the complaint shall be informed 

if there were findings made that the policy 

was or was not violated and of actions taken 

to resolve the complaint, if any, that are 

directly related to him/her, such as an order 

that the accused not contact the student 

who made the complaint. In accordance 

with school policies protecting individuals’ 

privacy, the student who made the complaint 

may generally be notified that the matter 

has been referred for disciplinary action, 

but shall not be informed of the details 

of the recommended disciplinary action 

without the consent of the accused. 

4. The decision of the Dean of Student 

or Dean of Academic Affairs may be 

appealed by either the complainant or 

the accused by petitioning the President’s 

Office of The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota. The written appeal must be 

made within 20 calendar days of receipt of 

the determination letter from the Dean of 

Students or Dean of Academic Affairs. The 

President, or his/her designee, will render 

a written decision on the appeal within 30 

calendar days from receipt of the appeal. 

The President’s decision shall be final. 

5. Matters involving general student 

complaints will be addressed according 

to the Student Complaint Procedures, 

a copy of which can be found in the 

Student Handbook or The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota Academic Catalog. 

For more information about your rights under 

the federal laws prohibiting discrimination, 

please contact the Office for Civil Rights at 

the U.S. Department of Education or visit 

the website at http://www.ed.gov/ocr. 

EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS 

AND PRIVACY ACT 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy 

Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended sets out 

requirements designed to afford students certain 

rights with respect to their education records. 

In addition, it puts limits on what information 


may disclose to third parties without receiving 

prior written consent from the student. 

I. Procedure to Inspect Education Records: 

Students have the right under FERPA to 

inspect and review their education records. A 

student who wishes to inspect and review 

his or her records should submit a written 

request to the Registrar. The request should 

identify as precisely as possible the records 

the student wishes to inspect. If the requested 

records are subject to inspection and review 

by the student, arrangements for access will 

be made within a reasonable period of time 

but in no case more than 45 days after the 

request was made. The student will be notified 

of the time and place where the records 

may be inspected. The college may require 

the presence of a school official during the 

inspection and review of a student’s records. 

Certain limitations exist on a student’s 

right to inspect and review their own 

education records. Those limitations 

include, for example, the following: 

(i) financial information submitted by parents; 

(ii) confidential letters and recommendations 

placed in their files prior to January 1, 1975; 

(iii) confidential letters and recommendations 

placed in their files after January 1, 1975 to 

which the student has waived his or her right to 

inspect and review and that are related to the 

student’s admission, application for employment 

or job placement, or receipt of honors. 

In addition, the term “education record” does not 

include certain types of records such as, by way 

of example, records of instructional, supervisory, 

administrative, and certain educational personnel 

that are in the sole possession of the maker 

thereof, and are not accessible or revealed to 

any other individual except a substitute. 

When a record contains personally identifiable 

information about more than one student, 

the student may inspect and review only the 

information that relates to him/her personally. 

II. Disclosure of Educational Records: 


generally will not permit disclosure of personally 

identifiable information from the records of a 

student without prior written consent of the 

student. Personally identifiable information 

is disclosed (some items are mandatory, some 

discretionary) from the records of a student 

without that student’s prior written consent 

to the following individuals or institutions 

or in the following circumstances: 

1. To The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

officials who have been determined by 

the college to have legitimate educational 

interests in the records. A school official is 

b. a person employed by the college in an 

administrative, supervisory, academic or 

research, or support staff position; or 

c. a person employed by or under contract 

to the college to perform specific tasks, 

such as an auditor, consultant, or attorney, 

a person on the Board of Trustees, or a 

student serving on an official committee 

or assisting another school official. Any 

school official who needs information 

about a student in the course of 

performing instructional, supervisory, 

advisory, or administrative duties for The 


has a legitimate educational interest. 

2. To certain officials of the United States 

Department of Education, the Comptroller 

General of the United States, the Attorney 

General of the United States, and state 

and local educational authorities in 

connection with state or federally 

supported educational programs. 

3. In connection with the student’s request 

for, or receipt of, financial aid necessary 

to determine the eligibility, amounts or 

conditions of financial aid, or to enforce 

the terms and conditions of the aid. 

4. To organizations conducting certain 

studies for or on behalf of the school. 

5. To accrediting commissions or 

state licensing or regulatory bodies 

to carry out their functions. 

6. To parents of a dependent student, as defined 

in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code. 

7. To comply with a judicial order or 

lawfully issued subpoena. 

8. To appropriate parties in health 

or safety emergencies. 

9. To officials of another corporate or Art 

Institutes school, upon request, in which 

a student seeks or intends to enroll. 

10. To an alleged victim of a crime of violence 

or a nonforcible sexual offense, the final 

results of the disciplinary proceedings 

conducted by the school against the 

alleged perpetrator of that crime or offense 

with respect to that crime or offense. 

11. To persons in addition to the victim of a 

crime of violence or nonforcible sexual 

offense, the final results of the disciplinary 

proceedings described in paragraph 10 above 

but only if the school has determined that 

a student is the perpetrator of a crime of 

violence or non-forcible sexual offense, and 

with respect to the allegation made against 

him or her, the student has committed a 

violation of the institution’s rules or policies. 

The school, in such instances, may only 

disclose the name of the perpetrator - not 

the name of any other student, including 

a victim or witness - without the prior 

written consent of the other student(s). 

12. To a parent regarding the student’s violation 

of any federal, state, or local law or of any 

rules or policy of the school governing the 

use or possession of alcohol or a controlled 

substance if the school determines that 

the student has committed a disciplinary 

violation with respect to that use or 

possession, and the student is under 21 at 

the time of the disclosure to the parent. 

13. Directory information (see Section IV below). 

14. Student Recruiting Information as requested 

by the U.S. Military. Student recruiting 

information includes ONLY: name, address, 

telephone listing, age or date of birth, class 

level, academic major, place of birth, degrees 

received and most recent educational 

institution attended. It does not include and 


will not provide: social security numbers, 


ace, ethnicity, nationality, GPA, grades, 

low performing student lists, religious 

affiliation, students with loans in default, 

veteran’s status, students no longer enrolled. 

Students who opt out of the directory also 

opt out of student recruiting information. 

III. Record of Requests for Disclosure 

Except with respect to those requests made 

by the student themselves, those disclosures 

made with the written consent of the student, 

or to requests by or disclosures to Art Institutes 

International Minnesota officials with legitimate 

educational interests and disclosures of directory 

information (or other exceptions described in 

the applicable regulations), The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will maintain a record 

indicating the parties who have requested or 

obtained personally identifiable information 

from a student’s education records and the 

legitimate interests those parties had in 

requesting or obtaining the information. This 

record may be inspected by the student. 

IV. Directory Information 


designates the following information as 

directory information. (Directory information is 

personally identifiable information, which may 

be disclosed without the student’s consent): 

1. Student’s name 

2. Address: Local, email and website 

3. Telephone number (local) 

4. Date and place of birth 

5. Program of study 

6. Participation in officially 

recognized activities 

7. Dates of attendance 

8. Degrees and certificates awarded 

9. Most recent previously attended school 

10. Photograph of the student, if available 

11. Enrollment status (i.e., enrolled, 

continuing, future enrolled student, 

reentry, leave of absence, etc.) 

12. Student honors and awards received. 

13. The height and weight of 

athletic team members 

Notice of these categories and of the right of 

an individual in attendance at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota to request that his/ 

her directory information be kept confidential 

will be given to the student annually. Students 

may request nondisclosure of student directory 

information by specifying nondisclosure, in 

writing, to the Office of the Registrar, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota, 15 South 

9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402. Failure to 

request nondisclosure of directory information 

will result in routine disclosure of one or 

more of the above-designated categories of 

personally identifiable directory information. 

V. Correction of Educational Records 

Students have the right under FERPA to ask 

to have records corrected which they believe 

are inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of 

their privacy rights. The following are the 

procedures for the correction of records: 

A student must ask the Registrar to amend 

a record. As part of the request, the student 

should identify the part of the record they 

want to have changed and specify why 

they believe it to be inaccurate, misleading, 

or in violation of his/her privacy rights. 

1. The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

may either amend the record or decide not to 

amend the record. If it decides not to amend 

the record, it will notify the student of its 

decision and advise the student of the right 

to a hearing to challenge the information 

believed to be inaccurate, misleading, or in 

violation of the student’s privacy rights. 

2. Upon request, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will arrange for a hearing and 

notify the student reasonably in advance 

of the date, place, and time of the hearing. 

The hearing will be conducted by an 

individual who does not have a direct 

interest in the outcome of the hearing. 

That individual may be an official of The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota. 

The student shall be afforded a forum 

for the opportunity to present evidence 

relevant to the issues raised in the original 

request to amend the student’s education 

records. The student may be assisted by 

other people, including an attorney. 

3. The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

will prepare a written decision based solely 

on the evidence presented at the hearing. 

The decision will include a summary of the 

evidence, and the reasons for the decision. 

4. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota decides that the 

information is inaccurate, misleading, 

or otherwise in violation of the privacy 

rights of the student, it will (a) amend the 

record accordingly; and (b) inform the 

student of the amendment in writing. 

5. If, as a result of the hearing, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota decides that the 

information in the education record is 

not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise 

in violation of the privacy rights of the 

student, it shall inform the student of the 

right to place a statement in the record 

commenting on the contested information 

in the record or stating why he or she 

disagrees with the decision of the school. 

6. If a statement is placed in the education 

records of a student under paragraph 6 

above, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will: 

a) maintain the statement with the 

contested part of the record for as long 

as the record is maintained; and 

b) disclose the statement whenever it 

discloses the portion of the record 

to which the statement relates. 

VI. Student Right to File Complaint 

A student has the right to file a complaint with 

the United States Department of Education 

concerning alleged failures by The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota to comply with the 

requirements of FERPA. The name and address of 

the governmental office that administers FERPA is: 

Family Policy Compliance Office 

United States Department of Education 

400 Maryland Avenue, S.W. 

Washington, DC 20202-4605 

STUDENT RIGHT TO KNOW ACT 

Student-Right-To-Know Act Information on 

graduation/completion rates for first-time fulltime 

students for The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota is available through the Admissions 

Office. These rates are calculated according to 

guidelines in the “Student-Right-To-Know” Act. 

According to regulations published by the 

Department of Education based on the Student 

Right-to-Know Act, the graduation/completion 

rates for first-time, full-time students who 

entered school in Fall of 1999 or thereafter 

and who graduated/completed within 150 

percent of the normal time to complete the 

program can be found in the Registrar’s Office 

GENERAL STUDENT 

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE 

If you have a complaint or problem 

you are encouraged to follow the 

Student Complaint Procedure. 

You should discuss complaints with the 

individual(s) within the appropriate department. 

Initial discussion should be with the person most 

knowledgeable of the issues involved or with 

immediate decision-making responsibility. 

If you feel that the complaint has not been 

fully addressed, a written account should be 

submitted to the Dean of Student Affairs if 

related to non-academic issues or to the Dean 

of Academic Affairs for academic issues. The 

written account should indicate your name, 

phone number, and ID# and discuss the steps 

you have taken to remedy the situation. 

The appropriate staff member or department 

will be notified of the complaint. A follow-up 

meeting with you and the Dean of Student Affairs 

and/or the Dean of Academic Affairs will be held 

within ten school days of the date of the written 

complaint in an effort to resolve the issue. 

If you are not satisfied with the results, you 

may file an appeal with the President’s office. 

The appeal should be in writing and contain 

your name and phone number. You should 

summarize the steps you have taken to 

remedy the situation and indicate why the 

results are not satisfactory. You will hear the 

results of the appeal within ten business 

days from the date the appeal is received. 

If you follow this complaint procedure and 

still feel dissatisfied with the results you may 

send a written copy of the complaint to: 

Minnesota Office of Higher Education 

1450 Energy Park Drive, Suite 350, 

St. Paul, MN 55108 

and/or 

Accrediting Council for Independent 

Colleges and Schools (ACICS), 750 First 

Street NE, Suite 980, Washington, DC 

20002-4241 Telephone: 202-336-6780 

ARBITRATION 

Every student and The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota agrees that any dispute or claim 

between the student and The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota (or any company 

affiliated with The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota, or any of its officers, directors, 

trustees, employees or agents) arising out of or 

relating to a student’s enrollment or attendance 

at The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

101

whether such dispute arises before, during, or 

after the student’s attendance and whether the 

dispute is based on contract, tort, statute, or 

otherwise, shall be, at the student’s or The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota’s election, 

submitted to and resolved by individual binding 

arbitration pursuant to the terms described 

herein. This policy, however, is not intended to 

modify a student’s right, if any, to file a grievance 

with any state educational licensing agency. 

If a student decides to initiate arbitration, the 

student may select either, JAMS or the National 

Arbitration Forum (“NAF”) to serve as the 

arbitration administrator pursuant to its rules 

of procedure. If The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota intends to initiate arbitration, it will 

notify the student in writing by regular mail 

at the student’s latest address on file with The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota, and the 

student will have 20 days from the date of the 

letter to select one of these organizations as the 

administrator. If the student fails to select an 

administrator within that 20-day period, The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota will select one. 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota agrees 

that it will not elect to arbitrate any undividable 

claim of less than the relevant jurisdictional 

threshold that a student may bring in small 

claims court (or in a similar court of limited 

jurisdiction subject to expedited procedures). 

If that claim is transferred or appealed to 

a different court, however, or if a student’s 

claim exceeds than the relevant jurisdictional 

threshold The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota reserves the right to elect arbitration 

and, if it does so, each student agrees that the 

matter will be resolved by binding arbitration 

pursuant to the terms of this Section. 

If either a student or The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota chooses arbitration, 

neither party will have the right to a jury trial, 

to engage in discovery, except as provided in 

the applicable arbitration rules, or otherwise 

to litigate the dispute or claim in any court 

(other than in small claims or similar court, as 

set forth in the preceding paragraph, or in an 

action to enforce the arbitrator’s award). Further, 

a student will not have the right to participate 

as a representative or member of any class of 

claimants pertaining to any claim subject to 

arbitration. The arbitrator’s decision will be final 

and binding. Other rights that a student or The 

Art Institutes International Minnesota would have 

in court also may not be available in arbitration. 

The arbitrator shall have no authority to arbitrate 

claims on a class action basis, and claims 

brought by or against a student may not be 

joined or consolidated with claims brought by 

or against any other person. Any arbitration 

hearing shall take place in the federal judicial 

district in which the student resides. Upon a 

student’s written request, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will pay the filing fees 

charged by the arbitration administrator, up to 

a maximum of $3,500 per claim. Each party will 

bear the expense of its own attorneys, experts 

and witnesses, regardless of which party prevails, 

unless applicable law gives a right to recover 

any of those fees from the other party. If the 

arbitrator determines that any claim or defense is 

frivolous or wrongfully intended to oppress the 

other party, the arbitrator may award sanctions 

in the form of fees and expenses reasonably 

incurred by the other party (including arbitration 

administration fees, arbitrators’ fees, and attorney, 

expert and witness fees), to the extent such 

fees and expenses could be imposed under 

Rule 11 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. 

The Federal Arbitration Act (FAA), 9 U.S.C. §§ 1, 

et seq., shall govern this arbitration provision. 

This arbitration provision shall survive the 

termination of a student’s relationship with 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota. If a 

student has a question about the arbitration 

administrator mentioned above, the student can 

contact them as follows: JAMS, 45 Broadway, 

28th Floor, New York, NY, 10006, http://www. 

jamsadr.com, 8003525267; National Arbitration 

Forum, P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN, 

55405, www.arbforum.com, 800-474-2371. 


INTERNATIONAL MINNEOSTA 

ANTI-HAZING POLICY 

Hazing involving The Art Institutes International 

Minneosta students or student groups is strictly 

prohibited. Hazing is defined as any action 

or situation that recklessly or intentionally 

endangers the mental or physical health or 

safety of a student for the purpose of initiation 

or admission into or affiliation with any club 

or organization operating under the sanction 

of an institution of higher education. 

For purposes of this definition, any activity as 

described in this definition that the initiation 

or admission into or affiliation with a club or 

organization is directly or indirectly conditioned 

shall be presumed to be “forced” activity, the 

willingness of an individual to participate in 

such activity notwithstanding. This policy is 

applicable to all students and members of a 

student club or organization at The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota. Every student and 

member of a student club or organization is 

responsible for complying with this policy. 

Individuals and/or student clubs that force, 

require, and/or endorse violations will be held 

directly responsible through the College’s 

student conduct process and if appropriate, 

through local authorities, which may pursue 

criminal action. Students who wish to make a 

complaint under this policy should contact the 

Dean of Student Affairs located at 209 Pence; or 

call 612.656.6865. The negligence or consent 

of a student or any assumption of risk by the 

student is not a defense to an action brought 

pursuant to this policy. Student club activities 

or programs must not interfere with the rights 

and activities of others and should always 

reflect the best interests of the members of 

the organization it represents and the College 

community as a whole. In all cases of alleged 

violations of this policy, faculty and staff advisors 

and the national/international headquarters, if 

applicable, of any organization will be notified. 

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE 

AND CAMPUS 

The use of illegal drugs and the abuse of 

alcohol on the campus of The Art Institutes 

International or in facilities controlled by the 

The Art Institutes International are prohibited 

by college regulations and are incompatible 

with the The Art Institutes International 

goal of providing a healthy educational 

environment for students, faculty, staff and 

guests. The following information is provided 

in compliance with the Drug-Free Schools and 

Communities Act Amendments of 1989. 

Effects of Drugs and Alcohol 

Although individuals often use drugs and alcohol 

to achieve a variety of effects on mind and 

body that are found to be temporarily useful or 

pleasurable, drugs can be highly addictive and 

injurious. A person can pay a price in terms of his 

or her physical, emotional, and social health. 

This price can be paid in a number of ways. 

The risk of contracting sexually transmitted 

diseases, including AIDS, is increased through 

unwanted or unprotected sex when one is 

under the influence of drugs or alcohol. Drugs 

can be the trigger for violent crime. Economic 

and legal problems usually follow directly when 

one tries to support a drug habit by resorting 

to crime. The dependence, illness, loss of job, 

and loss of family or friends that can result from 

drug or alcohol use and abuse can be tragic. 

In keeping with the mission of The Art Institutes 

International and the requirements of state and 

federal law, The Art Institutes International has 

adopted this program to ensure a drug-free 

campus and workplace and to prevent the use of 

controlled substances and the abuse of alcohol. 

Health Risks Associated with the Use of Alcohol 

Short Term Risks 

• Increased risks of accidents and injuries 

• Alcohol-related traffic accidents (the 

leading cause of death for teens) 

• Alcohol slows reaction time, decreases 

muscle coordination, and impairs vision 

• Fatal overdose 

• Unconsciousness or blackout 

• Death by aspiration of vomit 

• Nausea 

• Gastritis 

Long-Term Risks 

• Increased blood pressure 

• Increased risk of heart attack 

• Brain damage resulting in 

permanent psychosis 

• Cancer of the mouth, esophagus or stomach 

• Liver damage (cirrhosis, alcohol 

hepatitis, cancer) 

• Ulcers and Gastritis 

• Pancreatitis 

• Birth defects 

• In males-testicular atrophy 

and breast enlargement 

• In females—increased risk of breast cancer 

• Prolonged, excessive drinking can shorten 

life span by ten to twelve years. 

Health Risks Associated with the Use of Drugs 

Amphetamines (Speed, Uppers) 

• Malnutrition 

• Hallucinations 

• Dependence, psychological 

and sometimes physical 


• Deliriants (Aerosols, Lighter 

Fluid, Paint Thinner) 

• Permanent damage to lungs, 

brain, liver, bone marrow 

• Loss of coordination, confusion, 

hallucinations 

• Overdose causing convulsions, death 

• Depressants (Barbiturates, 

Tranquilizers, Methaqualone) 

• Confusion, depression, loss of coordination 

• Dependence, physical and psychological 

• Coma, death (caused by overdose) 

• Can be lethal when combined with alcohol 

• Hallucinogens (LSD, PCP, DMT, STP, Mescaline) 

• Hallucinations, panic, irrational 

behaviors (which can lead to increased 

risk of accidents, injuries) 

• Tolerance overdose leading to 

convulsions, coma, death 

• Possible birth defects in children of LSD users 

• Intravenous Drug Use 

• Places one at risk for HIV infection (the virus 

causing AIDS) when needles are shared 

• Marijuana and Hashish 

• Chronic bronchitis 

• Decreased vital capacity 

• Increased risk of lung cancer 

• In men lower levels of testosterone and 

increase in abnormal sperm count 

• Stimulants (Cocaine) 

• Painful nosebleeds and nasal erosion 

• Intense “downs” that result in physical 

and/or emotional discomfort 

• Tolerance and physical 

dependence can develop 

• Narcotics (Heroin, Morphine, Codeine, Opium) 

• Malnutrition 

• Hepatitis 

• Loss of judgment and serf-control leading 

to increased risk of accidents, injuries 

• Dependence 

• Overdose leading to convulsions, coma, death 

Sanctions 

The Art Institutes International, in all of its 

actions, seeks to uphold local, state and federal 

laws. Insofar as permitted by these laws, the 

The Art Institutes International will apply 

sanctions that could lead to a student being 

fined, suspended or expelled or an employee 

being disciplined, suspended or dismissed for 

violation of the The Art Institutes International 

standards of conduct. Students and employees 

may also be referred for prosecution. Disciplinary 

sanctions may include the completion of an 

appropriate rehabilitation program, at the 

student’s or employee’s expense, if necessary. 

Federal and Minnesota State Sanctions 

Minnesota criminal statutes provide for drug 

offense penalties in relation to the nature of the 

offense, the drug involved, whether the offense 

is a first or subsequent offense, and in some 

cases, the amount of the drug involved. 

Whoever proximately causes great bodily harm 

by, directly or indirectly, unlawfully selling, 

giving away, bartering, delivering, exchanging, 

distributing, or administering a controlled 

substance classified in schedule I or II (includes 

cocaine, heroin, morphine, hallucinogens, 

etc.) may be sentenced to imprisonment for not 

more than ten years or to payment of a fine 

of not more than $20,000, or both. 

Drug trafficking (selling, manufacturing or 

possessing large quantities of illegal drugs) 

carries minimum mandatory prison terms and 

fines under Minnesota law as noted below: 

• Sale of cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine 

(>10 grams) or any narcotic other than 

cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine 

(> 50 grams) or hallucinogens (>50 

grams) or marijuana (>50 kilograms) 

• Possession of cocaine, heroin or 

methamphetamine (>25 grams) or any 

narcotic other than cocaine, heroin 

or methamphetamine (> 500 grams) 

or hallucinogens (>500) grams or 

marijuana of (>100 kilograms) 

• Manufactures any amount of 

methamphetamine 

First Degree 

Imprisonment not more than 30 

years or to a payment of a fine not 

more that $1,000,000, or both 


(>3 grams) or any narcotic other than 

cocaine, heroin or methamphetamine 

(> 10 grams) or hallucinogens (>10 

grams) or marijuana (>25 kilograms) 


methamphetamine (>6 grams) or 



or hallucinogens (>50 grams) or 

marijuana (>50 kilograms) 

Second Degree 



more than $500,000 or both. 


or any narcotic other than cocaine, 

heroin or methamphetamine (> 10 

grams) or hallucinogens (> 10 doses) 

or marijuana (>5 kilograms) 


methamphetamine (>3 grams) or 



or hallucinogens (>50 doses) or 

marijuana (>10 kilograms) 

Third Degree 




• Sale of any narcotic other than marijuana 

or sale of marijuana in a school zone, 

park zone, or public housing zone 

• Possession of hallucinogens (>10 

doses) or any narcotic other than 

marijuana, with the intent to sell 

Fourth Degree 




• Sale of marijuana or any 

controlled substance 

• Possession of any narcotics 

Fifth Degree 




• Mandatory sentences increase 

in proportion to quantity. 

Driving under the influence of alcohol or 

drugs carries the following penalties: 

• First conviction: Fine of no less than $300 nor 

more than $1,000 and imprisonment for not 

less than 10 days no more than 12 months. 

• Second conviction: Fine of $600 to 

$1000, prison for not less than 90 days 

• Third or subsequent conviction: Fine of $1000 

to $5000, prison for not less than 120 days 

Additional monetary penalties may also 

be imposed to compensate victims. 

Furnishing alcoholic beverages to, and purchase 

or possession of alcoholic beverages by any 

person under the age of 21 is prohibited 

by Minnesota law. The sentence for the first 

conviction is 30 days imprisonment, a $300 

fine, or both. In addition to criminal penalties, 

anyone who furnishes alcohol to an underage 

person, knowing that such person will soon 

be driving, may become liable for injuries or 

damages caused by the underage drinking driver. 

Additional sanctions exist under Minnesota 

law for drug and alcohol-related offenses 

including denial of student loans and grants, 

ineligibility to participate in home loan 

and other assistance programs, and denial 

or revocation of professional licenses. 

Federal penalties and sanctions for 

illegal possession of a controlled 

substance include the following: 

• First conviction: up to 1 year in prison, 

fine of $1,000 to $100,000, or both; 

• Second conviction: at least 15 days 

and up to 2 years imprisonment, 

$5,000 to $250,000 fine, or both; 

• After two drug convictions: at least 90 

days and up to 3 years in prison, $5,000 

to $250,000 fine, or both. Special federal 

sentencing provisions for possession of crack 

cocaine include a mandatory prison term 

of at least 5 years and up to 20 years, fine of 

up to $250,000, or both, for a first conviction 

if the amount of crack exceeds 5 grams, 

for a second conviction if amount exceeds 

3 grams, and for a third or subsequent 

conviction if the amount exceeds 1 gram. 

Additional federal sanctions may also apply 

including forfeiture of vehicles used to 

transport controlled substances, denial of 

federal benefits including student loans, 

grants, and contracts and denial or revocation 

of certain federal licenses and benefits. 

103

Convictions for Drug-Related Offenses 

Any student convicted of any drug-related 

criminal statute must notify the Dean of Student 

Affairs, in writing, no later than five (5) days 

after such conviction regardless of where the 

offense occurred. This is because under federal 

and state laws, any student convicted of a 

drug-related felony offense must be denied 

all federal and state assistance, including Pell 

Grants and Minnesota State Grants. However, 

a criminal conviction shall not be necessary to 

find that a student has violated these standards 

of conduct, and The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota need not, and ordinarily will not, 

defer its own actions and sanctions pending 

the outcome of any criminal proceeding. 

Danger Signals Indicating a 

Drug or Alcohol Problem 

• Following is a listing of classic danger 

signals that may indicate the presence 

of a drug or alcohol problem: 

• Abrupt changes in mood or attitude 

• Decreased efficiency at work or at school 

• Frequent absences, tardiness, 

and/or early departures 

• Relationship problems with family, 

friends, and co-workers 

• Unusual outbursts of anger and hostility 

• Social withdrawal 

Counseling 

If you observe any of these changes in yourself 

or another student, you are encouraged to talk 

with a Counselor in the Office of Student Affairs. 

Abuse of alcohol or drugs can lead to 

dependency and addiction, with serious 

con¬sequences for personal health and overall 

quality of life. There are drug and alcohol 

counseling, treatment, and rehabilitation 

facilities available in our area where 

students and employees may seek advice 

and treatment. The College Counselor can 

refer you to one that meets your needs. 

Twin Cities Area Resources 

There are also organizations that may be 

contacted for help. The National Institute on Drug 

Abuse Hotline (1.800.662.4357) is available from 

8:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., Monday through Friday, 

and from 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on weekends. 

Additional Sources of Information: 

The Alcohol and Drug Information Line 

800-729-6686 

The National Institute on Drug Abuse Hotline 

800-662-HELP 

The National Institute on Drug Abuse 

Workplace Helpline 

800-843-4971 

The National Clearinghouse for Alcohol and 

Drug Information 

301-468-2600 

Cocaine Information 

800-COCAINE 

Hennepin County Addiction Clinic 

612-347-7600 

Minneapolis Police (non-emergency) 

612-348-2345 

Crisis Numbers 

Crisis Connection (24-hours) 

612-379-6363 

Rape & Sexual Abuse Center (24-hours) 

612-825-HELP 

Minnesota Coalition for Battered Women (24-hours) 

651-646-0994 

Ramsey County Social Services (24-hour) 

651-290-8999 

Local Hospitals 

Abbott Northwestern Hospital 

612-863-4000 

Fairview –University Medical Center: 

Riverside Campus: 612-672-6000 

University Campus: 612-273-3000 

Hennepin County Medical Center 

612-347-2121 

Students under the Influence 


promotes a healthy and safe educational 

environment. All referrals requiring immediate 

intervention with an intoxicated/under the 

influence student will be directed to appropriate 

person. Students who are considered to be 

under the influence of alcohol or mood-altering 

drugs will be asked to leave the premises 

immediately and may face disciplinary action. 

The Academic Director and the counselor 

will assess the student’s condition. If deemed 

necessary, the student will go before the 

Hearing Officer for further disciplinary action 

that could possibly result in suspension 

or termination from Ai Minnesota. 



POLICIES TO COMPLY WITH 

THE HIGHER EDUCATION 

OPPORTUNITY ACT OF 2008 

The unauthorized distribution of copyrighted 

material, including unauthorized peer-to-peer 

file sharing, may subject students and individuals 

to civil and criminal liabilities. Almost all of 

the music, movies, television shows, software, 

games and images found on the Internet are 

protected by federal copyright law. The owner 

of the copyright in these works has the right 

to control their distribution, modification, 

reproduction, public display and public 

performance. It is generally illegal therefore 

to use file sharing networks to download and 

share copyrighted works without the copyright 

owner’s permission unless “fair use” or another 

exemption under copyright law applies. 

Fair use under the federal Copyright Act allows 

the use without permission of copyrighted 

material for the purpose of criticism, comment, 

news reporting or teaching under certain limited 

circumstances. There is no blanket exception 

from liability for students or employees of 

educational institutions, however, and whether 

the use of copyrighted material without 

permission falls within “fair use” or one of the 

other exceptions in the Act depends on a very 

detailed, case-by-case analysis of various factors. 

Students should be aware that sharing music, 

videos, software and other copyrighted materials 

is very likely not to be considered a “fair use” 

and therefore may be a violation of the law. 

A violation of the institution’s policy for use of 

its information technology system can result in 

termination of network access for the student 

and/or other disciplinary action including 

removal of the student from the institution. 

Moreover, there are severe civil and criminal 

penalties for copyright infringement under 

federal law. A copyright owner is entitled to 

recover actual damages and profits resulting 

from an infringement, but also may recover 

statutory damages ranging from $750 to $30,000 

per work for a non-willful infringement and up 

to $150,000 for a willful infringement, even if 

there is no proof of actual damages, in addition 

to court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. The 

government also can file criminal charges that 

can result in fines and imprisonment. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota’s policies in 

regard to copyright infringement via the Internet 

prohibit the illegal downloading or unauthorized 

distribution of copyrighted materials using the 

institution’s information technology system. 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s 

policies prohibit use of THE ART INSTITUTES 

INTERNATIONAL MINNESOTA’S computer 

network to engage in illegal copying or 

distribution of copyrighted works such as by 

unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing (i.e., 

the sharing of copyrighted works, typically in 

digital or electronic files, without permission. 

NO HARRASSMENT POLICY 

The Art Institute International Minnesota is 

committed to providing workplaces and learning 

environments that are free from harassment on 

the basis of any protected classification including, 

but not limited to race, sex, gender, color, religion, 

sexual orientation, age, national origin, disability, 

medical condition, marital status, veteran 

status, genetic marker or on any other basis 

protected by law. Such conduct is unprofessional, 

unproductive, illegal, and generally considered 

bad for business. Consequently, all conduct 

of this nature is expressly prohibited, 

regardless of whether it violates any law. 

Definition of Sexual Harassment 

Sexual harassment consists of unwelcome 

sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, 

sexual violence or other verbal or physical 

conduct of a sexual nature where: 

1. Submission to such conduct is an explicit 

or implicit term or condition of a person’s 

status in a course, program or activity or in 

admission, or in an academic decision; 

2. Submission to or rejection of such conduct is 

used as a basis for an academic decision; or 

3. Such conduct has the purpose or effect of 

unreasonably interfering with an individual’s 

work or academic performance or creating 

an intimidating, hostile, or offensive 

work or educational environment. 

Sexual violence is considered to be a form of 

sexual harassment and is defined as physical 

sexual acts perpetrated against a person’s will or 

where a person is incapable of giving consent 

due to the victim’s use of drugs or alcohol. 

Other examples of sexual harassment 

include, but are not limited to: unwanted 

sexual advances; demands for sexual favors 

in exchange for favorable treatment; verbal 

abuse of a sexual nature; graphic commentary 


about an individual’s body, sexual prowess, 

or sexual deficiencies; leering; whistling; 

touching; pinching; assault; coerced sexual acts; 

suggestive, insulting or obscene comments 

or gestures; stalking; and displaying sexually 

suggestible objects or pictures. The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota prohibits 

all conduct of this nature whether or not 

such conduct violates any applicable laws. 

Other Forms of Harassment 

Verbal abuse, insulting comments and 

gestures, and other harassing conduct are also 

forbidden under this policy when directed 

at an individual because of his or her race, 

color, sex, sexual orientation, familial status, 

age, religion, ethnic origin, genetic marker 

or disability. It is the responsibility of each 

employee and each student to conduct himself 

or herself in a professional manner at all 

times and to refrain from such harassment. 

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE 

Students who feel they have been harassed 

should follow the Student Grievance Procedure 

for Internal Complaints of Harassment and 

Discrimination (the “Student Grievance 

Procedure”). Students who have been subjected 

to sexual violence should also review the Policy 

Concerning Sexual Violence and Programs and 

Procedures Regarding Sexual Assault (available 

in the Student Affairs Office). Regardless if a 

complaint is filed under the Student Grievance 

Procedure, promptly after learning of such 

alleged conduct, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will conduct an investigation for the 

purpose of determining whether prohibited 

harassment has occurred. Efforts will be made to 

ensure confidentiality to the extent consistent 

with the goal of conducting an appropriate 

investigation. Students who initiate or participate 

in such investigations in good faith will be 

protected against subsequent harassment and 

school-related retaliation. If an investigation 

confirms the allegations, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will take prompt 

corrective action, which may include discipline, 

up to and including immediate dismissal. 



POLICY CONCERNING 

SEXUAL VIOLENCE 

Sexual violence refers to physical sexual acts 

perpetrated against a person’s will or where 

a person is incapable of giving consent due 

to the victim’s use of drugs or alcohol. Sexual 

violence includes rape, sexual assault, sexual 

battery and sexual coercion. Sexual violence is 

considered a form of sexual harassment, and 

is therefore a form of sex discrimination. Acts 

involving sexual violence, sexual harassment or 

sex discrimination are not tolerated by The Art 

Institutes International. Complaints of sexual 

violence should be made to Pam Boersig, 

Dean of Student Affairs 800 Hennepin Avenue 

Minneapolis, MN 55402 612-656-6865 or Pat 

Chen, Director of Human Resources 15 South 9th 

Street Minneapolis, MN 55402 612-656-6848. 

Upon learning of possible sexual violence 

involving a student, The Art Institutes 

International Minnesota will take immediate 

action to investigate or otherwise determine what 

happened. Such action may include, but is not 

limited to, speaking with the alleged victim, the 

alleged perpetrator and other potential witness 

as appropriate and reviewing other evidence 

such as calendars, videos, phone records, etc. 

If The Art Institutes International Minnesota 

determines that sexual violence may have 

occurred, The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota will take steps proactively designed 

to promptly and effectively end the sexual 

violence or the threat of sexual violence, 

prevent its recurrence, and address its effects 

regardless of whether the alleged actions 

are subject to criminal investigation. 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota will 

use good faith efforts to protect the alleged 

victim from any hostile environment at the 

school and any subsequent harassment or 

retaliation. Such efforts may occur prior to the 

outcome of the investigation and may include: 

1. Reporting any subsequent harassment or 

retaliation to the Dean of Student Affairs 

or the Director of Human Resources 

2. Providing an escort to ensure the 

alleged victim can move safely 

between classes and activities 

3. Ensuring that the alleged victim 

and the alleged perpetrator do 

not attend the same classes 

4. Providing referral to counseling 

services or providers 

5. Providing academic support 

services, such as tutoring 

6. Arranging for the victim to re-take a course 

or withdraw from a class without penalty. 

DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS 

AND SANCTIONS 

On-campus disciplinary procedures against 

students will be in accordance with The Art 

Institutes International Minnesota’s published 

Student Code of Conduct and the Student 

Grievance Procedure for Internal Complaints 

of Discrimination and Harassment. Both the 

accuser and the accused are entitled to have 

others present during a disciplinary proceeding. 

Both will be informed of the outcome of any 

campus disciplinary proceeding. For this purpose, 

the outcome of a disciplinary proceeding 

means only The Art Institutes International 

Minnesota’s final determination with respect 

to the alleged sexual offense and any sanction 

that is imposed against the accused. Sanctions, 

which may be imposed following a final 

determination of a disciplinary proceeding 

regarding rape, acquaintance rape, or other 

forcible or non-forcible sex offenses, may include 

warning, probation, suspension or dismissal. 

Students who have been subjected to sexual 

violence are encouraged to review the No 

Harassment Policy, the Non-Discrimination 

Policy, the Student Grievance Procedure 

for Internal Complaints of Discrimination 

and Harassment and the Programs and 

Procedures Regarding Sexual Assault 

(available in the Student Affairs Office). 

105

SCHOOL 

CALENDAR 

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

QUARTER START GRADUATION QUARTER END 

Fall 2011 October 3, 2011 December 16, 2011 December 17, 2011 

Fall II 2011 November 10, 2011 December 16, 2011 December 17, 2011 

Winter 2012 January 9, 2012 March 24, 2012 

Winter II 2012 February 16, 2012 March 24, 2012 

Spring 2012 April 2, 2012 June 16, 2012 June 17, 2012 

Spring II 2012 May 10, 2012 June 16, 2012 June 17, 2012 

Summer 2012 July 9, 2012 September 22, 2012 

Summer 2012 August 16, 2012 September 22, 2012 

HOLIDAYS AND VACATIONS 

Thanksgiving Holiday Wednesday, November 23 - 25, 2011 

December Holiday Friday, December 23, 2011 

Christmas Holiday Monday, December 26, 2011 

New Year’s Eve Day* Friday, December 30, 2011 

New Year’s Day* Friday, December 30, 2011 

Martin Luther King Jr. Day Monday, January 16, 2012 

President’s Day* Friday, February 24, 2011 

Good Friday Friday, April 6, 2011 

Memorial Day Monday, May 28, 2011 

Independence Day Wednesday, July 4, 2012 

Labor Day Monday, September 5, 2012 

* Some school holidays do not fall on actual holiday dates


15 South 9th Street 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-3137 

1.800.777.3643 or 612.332.3361 

create.aii.edu/minneapolis 

SCHOOL 

MAP 

107

TUITION AND FEES 

Each school quarter is 11 weeks in duration. An application fee of $50 is 

to be submitted with the Application for Admissions. The tuition deposit 

fee of $100 is due within 10 days after the Enrollment Agreement is 

signed. The tuition charge shown above is subject to adjustment each 

academic year. Special U.S. and overseas trips are voluntary and are not 

Advertising 

Supplies/Texts: $125/month 

Audio Production 


The Art of Cooking 


Baking & Pastry 


Tuition is charged at $481.00 per credit (with an average of 16 credits per quarter). The tuition charges are subject to change each academic year. 

The $100 Enrollment Fee is refundable upon cancellation. Tuition and fees applicable to The Art Institutes International Minnesota’s programs (as of 

October 1, 2011) are as follows: 

Advertising 

Audio 

Production 

The Art of 

Cooking 

Baking & 

Pastry 

Baking & 

Pastry Culinary Arts 

Culinary 

Management 

Design 

Management 

Digital Film 

& Video 

Production 

Fashion & 

Retail 

Management 

Degree Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Diploma Diploma Associate’s Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s 

Number of Credits 180 180 56 50 90 90 180 180 180 180 

Enrollment Fee* $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 

Application Fee* $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 

Digital Resource Fee **** $2,300 $2,300 $550 $550 $1,450 $1,450 $2,450 $2,300 $2,300 $2,300 

Tuition/Quarter 

(16 credits/quarter) 

$7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 

Starting Kit (estimated)*** $500 $1,200 $825 $825 $835 $835 $825 $500 $700 $370 

Culinary Lab Fees Costs/Credit** - - $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 - - - 

Culinary Lab Credits/Program** - - 44 38 44 44 58 - - - 

Program Totals**: $89,030 $89,030 $29,836 $26,100 $47,090. $47,090 $92,080 $89,030 $89,030 $89,030 

Graphic Design 

Hospitality 

Management 

Interior 

Planning with 

AutoCAD Interior Design 

Media 

Arts & 

Animation Photography 

Visual 

Effects & 

Motion 

Graphics 

Web Design & 

Interactive Media 

Degree Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Associate’s Associate’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Bachelor’s Associate’s Bachelor’s 

Number of Credits 92 180 180 96 96 180 180 180 180 92 180 

Enrollment Fee* $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 

Application Fee* $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 $50 

Digital Resource Fee**** $1,200 $2,300 $2,300 $1,250 $1,250 $2,300 $2,300 $2,300 $2,300 $1,200 $2,300 

Tuition/Quarter 

(16 credits/quarter) 

Culinary Arts 


Culinary Management 


Design Management 




included in regular tuition and fees. The Starting Kit consists of the basic 

equipment, texts, and materials required for beginning each program. 

A list of the components of the Starting Kit is provided to each enrolled 

student. In addition to the Starting Kit, the estimated cost of consumable 

supplies, textbooks, and equipment by program are as follows: 

Graphic Design 


Hospitality Management 


Interior Design 


Interior Planning with AutoCAD 


Media Arts & Animation 


Photography 


Visual Effects & Motion Graphics 


Web Design & Interactive Media 


$7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 $7,696 

Starting Kit (estimated)*** $500 $500 $480 $1,050 $1,050 $1,050 $650 $1,200 $650 $500 $500 

Culinary Lab Fees Costs/Credit** - - $50 - - - - - - - - 

Culinary Lab Credits/Program** - - 28 - - - - - - - - 

Program Totals**: $45,602. $89,030 $90,430. $47,576 $47.576 $89,030 $89,030 $89,030 $89,030 $45,602 $89,030 

* The application and enrollment fees are paid by new and transfer students only. 

** Monthly consumable supplies included with the $50 per Culinary Lab Credit Fee. The lab fees will be treated as part of the tuition for refund purposes. 

*** Not including starting kit. The Program Total cost is based on the current credit hour rate. You only are charged for the credit hours you take each quarter. 

**** The Digital Resource Fee includes the cost of the digital textbook as well as other digital resources which are integrated into the course and vary by 

program. The fee includes all applicable taxes. This estimated fee assumes all courses require a digital resource; however currently not all courses use digital 

resources. Courses that include digital resources will be noted in the registration material and the fee will be charged automatically in addition to tuition. If 

a course does not use digital resources, the student remains responsible for purchasing the required text and materials. The digital resource fee is $50 per 

course. 


ABOUT THE COLLEGE 2 

Introduction 2 

City and the College 3 

Course Requirements & Descriptions 

Advertising (B.S.) 6 

Audio Production (B.S.) 8 

Culinary Management (B.S.) 10 

Culinary Arts (A.A.S.) 12 

Baking & Pastry (A.A.S.) 14 

Baking & Pastry (D.) 16 

The Art of Cooking (D.) 18 

Design Management (B.S.) 20 

Digital Film & Video Production (B.S.) 22 

Fashion & Retail Management (B.S.) 24 

Fashion Retailing (D.) 26 

Graphic Design (B.S.) 28 

Graphic Design (A.A.S.) 30 

Hospitality Management (B.S.) 32 

Interior Design (B.S.) 34 

Interior Design (A.A.S.) 36 

Interior Planning 

with AutoCAD (A.A.S.) 38 

Media Arts & Animation (B.S.) 40 

Photography (B.F.A.) 42 

Digital Image Management (D.) 44 

Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (B.S.) 46 

Web Design & Interactive 

Media (B.S) 48 


Media (A.A.S.) 50 

Web Design & Development (D.) 52 


Communications 54 

Course Descriptions 56 

Faculty 74 

Administration 77 

Board of Trustees and Directors 79 

ADMISSIONS 80 

Admissions Requirements 80 

Enrollment Procedure 80 

International Admissions Policy 80 

Admissions Requirements for 

English Language Proficiency Policy 80 

Nonimmigrant Students 81 

Orientation 81 

Facilities and Equipment 81 

Placement Evaluations 81 

ACCUPLACER 81 

ACT 81 

SAT 81 

Hardware Specifications 81 

Non-Discrimination Policy 82 

STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 82 

Book Process 82 

Non-Federal Refund Policy 82 

Buyer’s Right to Cancel 82 

Kit Return Policy 82 

Non-Payment of Charges 

Financial Aid 82 

Student Financial Assistance 83 

Suspension and Reinstatement 

of Financial Assistance 83 

Financial Assistance Student Appeal 83 

Student Financial Assistance 83 

Review Committee 83 

Student Appeal Procedure 83 

Veterans’ Information 83 

Scholarships & Grants 83 

ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 86 

Mission and Statement 86 

Learning Principles 86 

Academic Directors and 

AcademicPrograms 86 

Academic Advising 86 

Academic Achievement Center 86 

Interior Design Skills Center 86 

Library 86 

Registrar 86 

Attendance Policy 87 

Progress Academic Standards 

for Programs Study 88 

Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy 88 

Academic Probation 88 

Procedure for Appealing 

Academic Termination 89 

Grading 89 

Letter Grade Equivalent 89 

Grade Points 89 

Grade Point Computation 89 

Calculation of CGPA 90 

Quarter Credits 90 

Incomplete Grade Policy 90 

Grade Change Requests 90 

Transfer of Credit 91 

Transcripts 91 

Post Matriculation Credit Transfer 91 

Course Descriptions 91 

Level of Transfer Credits 91 

Grading 91 

CLEP & AP Scores 91 

Timeliness of Coursework 91 

Allowable Total Transfer of Credit 91 

Proficiency Testing 91 

Test Out Credit 91 

Registration 92 

Procedures 92 

Holds 92 

Registration Steps 92 

Official Schedules 92 

Schedule Adjustment Period 92 

Withdrawing from a Course 92 

Online Courses 93 

Online Courses 93 

Textbook Requirements 

for Online Courses 93 

Technology Requirements 

for Online Courses 93 

Refund Policy for Online Courses 93 

Course Scheduling, 

Sequencing, and Titles 93 

Course Numbering 93 

Academic Calendar 93 

Course Load 93 

Repeating Courses 93 

Transitional Studies 93 

Change of Program 93 

Leaves and External Transfers 93 

Transferring to Another 

EDMC School 93 

Withdrawing from College 93 

Special Leave Consideration/ 

Readmissions Procedures 93 

Military Leave 94 

General Education 94 


for AAS Degrees 94 


INDEX 

for BS or BFA Degrees 94 

Additional Learning Experiences 94 

Study Trips 94 

Exhibition of Student Work 94 

Graduation 94 

Requirements for Graduation 94 

Final Quarter 94 

Criteria for Honors Designation 94 

Term GPA Honors Designation 94 

Portfolio Requirements 94 

Portfolio Review 94 

CAREER SERVICES 95 

Graduate Employment Assistance 95 

Student Employment Assistance 95 

Graduate Employment Information 95 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 95 

Student Clubs and Activities 95 

Student Support Services 95 

Disability Services 95 

Residence Life and 

Housing 95 

Independent Housing 96 

Health Insurance 96 

International Student Advising 96 

Student Code of Conduct 96 

Guiding Principles 96 

Scope 96 

Reach 96 

Responsibilities 96 

Sanctions 97 

Disciplinary Procedures 98 

Complaint 98 

Search of Student’s Property 98 

Notification and Determination 

of a Disciplinary Meeting 98 

Notification and Determination of 

a Disciplinary Hearing 98 

Disciplinary Panel 98 

Interim Suspension 98 

Appeal Procedures 99 

Academic Integrity Policy 99 

Student Grievance Procedure 

for Internal Complaints 99 

Educational Rights 

and Privacy Act 100 

Procedure to Inspect Records 100 

Disclosure of Educational Records 100 

Record of Requests for Disclosure 101 

Directory Information 101 

Correction of Educational Records 101 

Student Right to File Complaint 101 

Student Right to Know Act 101 

General Student 

Complaint Procedure 101 

Arbitration 101 

Anti Hazing Policy 102 

Drug Free School Policy 102 

Higher Education Act 104 

No Harrassment Policy 104 

Policy Concerning Sexual Violence 105 

SCHOOL CALENDAR 106 

SCHOOL MAP 107 

TUITION & FEES 108 

109

Yes, I have friends who are interested in learning more about 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Please send information on 

the program checked to my friend’s name below. 

Yes, I have friends who are interested in learning more about 

The Art Institutes International Minnesota. Please send information on 

the program checked to my friend’s name below. 

q Advertising (BS) 

q Audio Production (BS) 

q The Art of Cooking (D) 

q Baking & Pastry (AAS, D) 

q Culinary Arts (AAS) 

q Culinary Management (BS) 

q Design Management (BS) 

q Digital Film & Video Production (BS) 

q Digital Image Management (D) 

q Fashion Retailing (D) 

q Fashion & Retail Management (BS) 

q Graphic Design (BS, AAS) 

q Hospitality Management (BS) 

q Interior Design (BS, AAS) 

q Interior Planning with AutoCAD (AAS) 

q Media Arts & Animation (BS) 

q Photography (BFA) 

q Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (BS) 

q Web Design & Development (D) 

q Web Design & Interactive Communications(D) 

q Web Design & Interactive Media (BS) 

q Advertising (BS) 

q Audio Production (BS) 

q The Art of Cooking (D) 

q Baking & Pastry (AAS, D) 

q Culinary Arts (AAS) 

q Culinary Management (BS) 

q Design Management (BS) 

q Digital Film & Video Production (BS) 

q Digital Image Management (D) 

q Fashion Retailing (D) 

q Fashion & Retail Management (BS) 

q Graphic Design (BS, AAS) 

q Hospitality Management (BS) 

q Interior Design (BS, AAS) 

q Interior Planning with AutoCAD (AAS) 

q Media Arts & Animation (BS) 

q Photography (BFA) 

q Visual Effects & Motion Graphics (BS) 

q Web Design & Development (D) 

q Web Design & Interactive Communications(D) 

q Web Design & Interactive Media (BS) 

My Friend’s Name 

My Friend’s Name 

Address 

Address 

City State Zip 

City State Zip 

Country Year of High School Graduation 

Country Year of High School Graduation 

Home Phone with Area Code 

Home Phone with Area Code 

E-mail Address 

E-mail Address 


111

15 South 9th Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402 

612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643 

www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis 

800 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55402 

612.332.3361 or 800.777.3643 

www.artinstitutes.edu/minneapolis

CATALOG 2011-2012 - The Art Institutes

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?